REPUBLIC OF IRAQ

MINISTRY OF MUNICIPALITIES AND PUBLIC WORKS

SECOND EMERGENCY WATER SUPPLY AND

SANITATION PROJECT
DETAILED DESIGN FOR WATERWORKS AND
TREATMENT PLANT AT WASIT

ANNEX 5
Detailed Design Report
January 2008

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI

SOCIETA DI INGEGNERIA S.p.A. - ROMA

with the sub-consultancy of

CEB Consulting Engineering Bureau-Baghdad

ENGICON

- Amman

SEWSSP
WASIT WATER TREATMENT PLANT
1,000 m3/h CAPACITY

DETAILED DESIGN REPORT

November, 2007

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

CONTENTS
Page
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1
Background
1.2
Summary and Scope of Work
2. Design of Process Units
2.1
Scope of Work
2.2
Approach and Methodology
2.2.1
WTP Capacity
2.2.2
Raw Water Quality
2.2.3
Design Criteria
2.2.4
Process Unit Sizing
2.2.5
Process Flow / Mass Balance Diagrams
2.2.6
Process and Instrumentation Diagrams
2.3
Basis of Design
2.3.1
Process Design Overview
2.3.2
Process Functions
2.3.3
Process Flow
2.3.4
Water Quality
2.3.4.1
Raw Water Quality
2.3.4.2
Treated Water Quality
2.3.4.3
Determination of the Chemical Dose with Jar Tests
2.3.4.4
In-Line Chemical Dispenser
2.3.5
Design Parameters
2.3.5.1
Sludge Mass Balance
2.3.5.2
Filters
2.3.5.2.1 Filter backwash
2.3.5.2.2 Filter dump volume
2.3.5.3
Clean wash water tank
2.3.5.4
Wastewater holding tank
2.3.5.5
Elevated Storage Tank
2.3.5.6
Chlorination System
2.3.5.6
Chemical dose rates and storage
2.3.5.6.1 Alum
2.3.5.6.2 Chlorine
2.3.5.7
Service water
2.4
Process Calculations
2.4.1
Basis of Design for all Plant Flows
2.4.2
Conceptual Design
2.4.3
Flocculation
2.4.4
Clarifier Plate Pack Design
2.4.5
Clarifier Hydraulics
2.4.6
RGF Trough Location
2.4.7
Filter
2.4.8
Clean Wash Water Tank
2.4.9
Chlorine Contact Tank
2.4.10
Sludge System
2.4.11
Waste Water Holding Tank
2.4.12
Chemical Storage and Dosing

7
7
8
8
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
16
16
18
19
20
22
24
26
27
28
29
31

2
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

10/11/2007
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

2.4.13
Service Water Requirment
2.4.14
Mass Balance
3. Hydraulics and Hydrology
3.1
Hydraulics Study
3.2
Hydrological Study in Al-Dujaila- River
4. Mechanical Design
4.1
Mechanical Equipment- General
4.1.1
Introduction
4.1.2
Scope of the Work
4.1.3
Design Criteria
4.1.4
Calculations
4.1.5
References
4.1.6
Sample of Calculations
4.1.6.1
Head losses calculation for raw water pumps
4.1.6.2
Head losses calculation for treated water pumps
4.1.6.3
Head losses calculation for waste water pumps
4.1.6.4
Head losses calculation for over flow pumps
4.1.6.5
Head losses calculation for backwash water pumps
4.1.6.6
Head losses calculation for service water pumps
4.2
Pump Station and Pipeline Hydraulic Transient Analysis
4.2.1
Purpose
4.2.2
Transient Mathematical Model
4.2.3
Criteria and Analysis
4.2.3.1
Raw Water Pump Station
4.2.3.2
Treated Water Pump Station
4.2.4
Analysis Summary and Recommendation
4.2.5
References
4.3
Mechanical Equipment-HVAC
Introduction
4.3.1
4.3.2
Design Criteria
Cooling
4.3.2.1
Heating
4.3.2.2
4.3.2.3
Ventilation
4.3.3
Systems
4.3.3.1
Cooling system
Heating system
4.3.3.2
Ventilation systems
4.3.3.3
4.3.4
Sample of calculations
4.3.4.1
Non-processing building
4.3.4.2
Process buildings
4.3.5
The Changed Drawings
4.3.6
Bill of Quantities
4.3.7
Specifications
4.4
Mechanical Equipment-Safety
4.4.1
Chlorine Scrubber System
4.4.1.1
Design Criteria
4.4.1.2
Operation
4.4.2
Fire Hydrant
4.4.3
Fire Extinguishers

32
33
34
34
35
35
35
36
36
37
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
45
45
45
46
46
47
48
48
53
53
53
53
53
53
54
54
54
54
55
55
56
56
56
56
66
66
66
66
67
67

3
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

10/11/2007
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

4.4.4
Emergency Showers
5. Electrical Equipment
5.1
Introduction
5.2
Scope of Work
5.3
Design Criteria and Parameters
5.3.1
Compliance with Regulations and Standards
5.3.2
The Incoming Supply
5.3.3
Transformers
5.4
Methodology
5.5
Sample of Calculations
5.5.1
Load Estimation
5.5.2
Voltage Drop Calculations
5.5.3
Indoor Lighting Calculations
5.6
Drawings
5.7
Bills of Quantity
5.8
Specifications
6. Instrumentation Control and Automation
6.1
Instrumentation and Controls System
6.1.1
Introduction
6.1.2
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5

6.2
6.3
6.3.1

6.4
6.4.1
6.4.2
6.4.3
6.4.4
6.4.5

Main Process Control Center

Control Network

Local Control Panels

Distributed PLCs
Local/Remote control
General Guidelines for Control Logic
General Control Loop Functions
SCADA Failure Modes
Workstations
PLC
Process I/O Modules
SCADA System Monitoring
Equipment Re-start

6.5

Control Descriptions

6.5.1
6.5.1.1
6.5.1.2
6.5.2
6.5.3
6.5.4
6.5.5
6.5.6
6.5.7
6.5.8
6.5.9
6.5.10
6.5.11
6.5.12
6.5.13
6.5.13.1

Raw Water Pump Station

RWPS Operation
Station Power Loss
Screen Air Scour
Sampler Control
Inline Chemical Disperser
Flocculation
Sludge Collection
Sludge Removal
Filter Control
Backwash Sequence
Filter Backwash Control

Air Scour Blower Control

Wastewater Pumping System
Chlorine Systems:
Overview

68
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
70
70
71
73
74
74
74
75
75
75
75
76
76
77
77
78
81
81
81
81
81
81
82
82
84
85
85
86
87
88
89
91
92
93
94
96
98
100
100

4
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

10/11/2007
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

6.5.13.2
6.5.13.3
6.5.13.4
6.5.13.5
6.5.13.6
6.5.14
6.5.14.1
6.5.15
6.5.16
6.5.17

Local Mode of Operation:

Remote Manual Mode of Operation:
Monitoring Requirements:
Chlorine Motive Water Pumps
Chlorine Scrubber System
Alum System
Alum Mixing System
Treated Water Pump Station
Service Water System
Overflow Holding Tank/Pump Station

7. Architecural and General Layout

7.1
Introduction
7.2
Scope of Work
7.3
Methodology
7.3.1
7.3.2
7.3.3

General criteria
Support Buildings
Process Buildings

7.4
Basis of Design
7.4.1
Codes And Standards
7.4.2
Primary Elements
External walls
7.4.2.1
7.4.2.2
Internal walls
7.4.2.3
In-situ R.C. floor and roof slabs
7.4.3
Finishing
7.4.3.1
Wall finishing
Floor Finishings
7.4.3.2
7.4.3.3
Base
7.4.3.4
Ceilings
7.4.3.5
Metal works
7.4.3.6
Carpentry
7.4.3.7
Roofing system
Flashing
7.4.3.8
7.4.3.9
Water proofing
7.4.3.10 Sealants
7.4.3.11 Doors and Hardware
7.4.3.12 Windows
7.4.3.13 Glass and glazing
7.4.3.14 Fencing
7.4.4
Project Particulars
7.4.4.1
Adminstration buildings
Maintenance shop and spare part storage building
7.4.4.2
7.4.4.3
Residential buildings
7.4.4.4
Guard house
7.5
Architectural Design and Working Drawings
7.5.1
New Drawings
7.5.2
Modified Drawings
8. Structural Design
8.1
Introduction
8.2
Design Criteria

101
102
103
104
106
108
109
110
112
114
116
116
116
116
116
117
117
117
117
117
117
117
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
118
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
120
120
120
120
121
121
122
122

5
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

10/11/2007
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

8.2.1
Design Codes
8.2.2
Design Software
8.2.3
Structural Materials
8.2.4
Foundations
8.2.5
Reinforced Concrete Structures : Design Basis General
8.2.5.1
General
8.2.5.2
Design Loads
8.2.5.3
Material Requirements
8.2.6
Structural Steel: Design Basis
8.2.6.1
General
8.2.6.2
Design loads
8.2.7
Concrete Block Work
8.2.8
Site Investigation
8.3
Sample of Calculations
8.4
Structural and Civil Drawings
8.5
General description of civil works
8.5.1
Non-Process Buildings
8.5.2
Process Buildings
9. Ancillary Works
9.1
Geotechnical Report
9.1.1
9.1.2
9.1.3
9.1.4
9.1.5
9.1.6

122
124
124
124
125
125
125
126
126
126
126
127
127
127
143
144
144
144

Introduction
Laboratory Works
Stratigraphy
Groundwater
Soil Classification and Identification
Shear Strength Parameters

9.1.7
Soil Compressibility
9.1.8
Chemical Tests for Soil and Groundwater
9.1.9
Geotechnical Design
9.1.9.1
Allowable bearing pressure
9.1.9.2
Shallow Foundations
9.1.9.3
Pile Foundations
9.1.9.4
De-watering
9.1.10
Suitability of Materials for Re-use
9.1.11
Smmary of Design Parameters
9.1.12
Conclusions
9.2
Road Report
9.2.1
Introduction
9.2.2
Aim of Report
9.2.3
Scope of Report
9.2.4
Structural Components of a Flexable Pavement
9.2.5
Design Procedure Input Parameters
9.2.6
Asphalt Concrete Design Requirements
9.2.7
Flexible Pavement Design (1993 AASHTO Pavement Design)
10. Environmental Management Plan

148
148
148
150
151
152
155
156
157
158
158
159
159
160
160
160
161
163
163
163
163
163
164
165
166
168

6
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

10/11/2007
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background
Wasit subdistrict center is located in the south eastern part of the Wasit Governorate. It is
about 28 km to the south east of Al Kut city. The topography of Wasit subdistrict is flat. The
total population of Wasit subdistrict is about 38,293 inhabitants, about 10,500 of them are
urban and the rest are rural.
The climate in Wasit is dry and cold in the winter season and very hot in the summer. The
average annual precipitation ranges from 120 to 130mm, most of this occurs in the winter
months. The average daily temperatures range between 9-13C in winter and 40-50C in
summer. The main occupation in the subdistrict is agriculture and animal husbandry. In
general, Wasit is considered a poor subdistrict. The rural areas in Wasit subdistrict appear to
be very populated; more than 72 percent of the population is living in the rural areas.
The main source of water in Wasit city is the Al-Dujaila irrigation canal which is a branch of
the Tigris River. Al-Dujaila canal passes through the urban area of Wasit city with continuous
water flow throughout the year. The canal is under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Water
Resources.
Only about 40% of the total population of Wasit city is served by a piped system, the
remaining population is served by tankers or take water directly from the canal. Wasit
subdistrict center is served through an old water distribution network.
The distribution system in the city is very old and is mostly of asbestos, cast iron, plastic and
cement pipes. It has been reported that about 10% the maximum water head in the network is
about 3.0 m and may go down to 0.5 m. Only 25% of the total area is covered by existing
water facilities. The main transmission pipe is 250 mm in diameter, while the distribution
pipes diameters range from 110 mm to 200 mm.
The present project includes construction of a new 1,000 m3 per hour WTP, river intake with
raw water pumping station and transmission line, treated water ground storage tank, and
elevated water storage tank. The site of the new water treatment plant is on the main street but
drainage of the site might make access difficult during the rainy seasons.
It is anticipated that no negative impacts on the environments will take place due to the
sewage produced since most of water produced by the plant is utilized to improve the quality
of water consumed by the inhabitants which are presently using poor quality water.
1. 2 Summary and Scope of Work
This report has been prepared to show the detailed design of Water Treatment Plant utilizing
standard process units, structures and buildings developed by 3MWH for MMPW. The designs
are based on plant capacity (works throughput) of 1000 m /h. It is intended that standard
designs are incorporated into the site specific design with the necessary alterations. Several
site specific alterations are described in this report and as a result, many new drawings and
calculations are presented. The report also describes the procedures used to undertake the full
site design of Wasit plant including preliminary site selection, topographical, geotechnical
and hydrological surveys and raw water quality testing. This is followed by descriptions for
developing the process design utilizing calculation spreadsheets and typical Process and
Instrumentation, Process Flow, Mass Balance, Hydraulic Profile Diagrams, Mechanical,
Electrical, Instrumentation and Control, Architectural and Structural Design. The design
process determines the amendments which were required to the standard process units.
Site selection, site layout development and site work designs are also covered, with reference
to the physical features covered by the above surveys.
7
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

10/11/2007
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The report consists of ten chapters. The chapters describe the procedure for the design of Wasit
Water Treatment Plant utilizing both Standard Designs and design specific to a particular
capacity of works and location.

2. DESIGN OF PROCESS UNITS

A water treatment process is an assemblage of unit processes that effectively produces a
supply of safe drinking water. The treatment system generally consists of four or more
interrelated components. These components include coagulation, flocculation, clarification,
filtration and disinfection with the necessary process control and instrumentation. Since the
unit processes must be interrelated, the operation of each component affects the performance
of others, and then the entire system.
2.1 Scope of Work
The design of Wasit water treatment plant is based on the standard design of WTP for a
capacity of 1000 m3/h of treated water. The standard design was incorporated into the specific
site and conditions of Wasit City with necessary alterations. Several alterations will be
explained in this chapter. The chapter also highlights the procedures which were undertaken
for raw water quality testing, followed by descriptions for developing the process design
utilizing calculation spreadsheets, Process Flow Diagram with Mass Balance, Hydraulic
Profile Diagrams, and Process and Instrumentation Diagrams, The process design will
determine the amendments which are required to the standard process units.
2.2 Approach and Methodology
The basic approach is that the water treatment plant should be designed to produce a
continuous supply of safe drinking water according to raw water characteristics and the
environmental conditions. The specific approaches of the design process are:
1. Evaluation of local conditions carefully.
2. Creation of a reasonably conservative design and cost-effective to construct.
3.

Creation of a simple, reliable, effective, and proven system by applying the best
knowledge and skill to the design.

4. Designing a plant that is easy and safe to construct as well as simple and safe to
operate.
5. Allowing for maximam and minimum operational flexibility.
The Standard Designs are based on river sources. However, the raw water quality varies
depending on location. The following parameters are those for which treatment is provided.
-Turbidity
-Bacteriological
-Algal content
It is not considered that the treatment process will change from the standard flocculation,
clarification, filtration and disinfection using the standard process units. However, the water
quality will affect the coagulant dosing rate, the clarifier sludge draw off quantity, filter
backwash frequency and the wastewater production.
2.2.1 WTP Capacity
8
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

10/11/2007
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The stated capacity of Wasit WTP is 1000 m3 of treated water output. In order to achieve the
necessary treated water output, the quantity of raw water will have to account for the amount
of water lost through the process.
The main factor that affects the water losses and hence the raw water flow is the raw water
quality. Raw water with high suspended solids content will produce a large amount of sludge
and hence the amount of water lost throughout the treatment will increase.
Allowance has also be required for filter backwash water and filter rinse to waste during start
up following a backwash. These quantities was calculated and shown in the material balance
sheet. The Process Flow Diagram (PFD) and Mass Balance Diagram (MBD) were developed
to assist in the design of hydraulics, process pipe work and wastewater disposal.
2.2.2 Raw Water Quality
The turbidity of the raw water influences the amount of sludge produced and the coagulant
dose. The amount of coagulant required will also influence the amount of wastewater. Typical
analysis of raw water quality includes

Total dissolved solids (TDS)

Total suspended solids (TSS)

pH

Turbidity (Tur)

Electrical conductivity (EC)

Total hardness (TH)

Alkalinity (Alk)

Magnesium (Mg)

Calcium (Ca)

Chloride (Cl)
Analysis of a set of raw water samples taken over a suitable period from Al-Dujaila- River
was carried out to evaluate the coagulant dose and waste streams. The full raw water quality
data is shown in Table 1. The analysis is done by the Local Municipal laboratory located at
Wasit City. The sample dates and temperatures were included.
Table 1 Wasit Raw Water Quality Data (Source : Al-Dujaila- River)
Date
25-01-2006
19-02-2006
29-01-2007
22-03-2007
11-05-2007
Mean
Minimum
Maximum
Count

Temp
17
25
20
22
26

Turb.
25
115
30
60
53

pH
7.70
8.10
7.50
7.84
7.95

E.C.
1393
1404
1395
1211
1283

Chlor.
81.7
163.4
85.0
132
90

Alk.
160.0
160
165
114
120

T.H.
500.0
473.5
495
620
480

Ca
97.2
117.5
100.0
144
112

Mg
61.8
43.1
65.0
63.7
49

TDS
928
936
930
774
593

TSS
52
125
65
52
55

22
17
26
5

56.6
25
115
5

7.818
7.5
8.1
5

1337.2
1211
1404
5

110.42
81.7
163.4
5

143.8
114
165
5

513.7
473.5
620
5

114.1
97.2
144
5

56.52
43.1
65
5

832.2
593
936
5

69.8
52
125
5

2.2.3 Design Criteria

The basic design criteria for the process units are given in the Basis of Design in the next
section. This contains the criteria used for the WTP Process Design, and the basis of
calculations required and design criteria necessary for site specific adaptation of the standard
designs.
9
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

10/11/2007
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

2.2.4 Process Unit Sizing

The size of most of the process units is the standard unit size of 1000 m3/h plant. Standard
Designs were reviewed and modified according to the raw water quality and consequent
losses through the treatment process. The amount of raw water required depends on the water
losses through the treatment processes. The flows were checked on the mass balance to ensure
the raw water intake and pumps are sized correctly.
The wastewater holding tank size depends on the quantity of sludge produced. The size of the
tank as well as the diameters of the pipes carrying clarifier sludge were recalculated and
checked.
For the Chemical Building storage capacity and mixing tank volumes, the coagulant dosing
requirements was rechecked and determined by the jar tests carried out on the raw water.
The capacity of the treated water pumps was reviewed and checked according to the
requirement of the distribution network.
The calculation of these quantities and the unit sizing are shown in the calculation sheets
located at the end of this chapter.
2.2.5 Process Flow / Mass Balance Diagrams
The flows across the treatment processes vary according to the site. The main factors that will
influence these flows are the amount of sludge and wastewater produced and the amount of
service water required. These amounts were calculated. A Process Flow Diagram (PFD) and
Mass Balance Diagram (MBD) were prepared for Wasit Site and shown in the calculation
sheets located at the end of this chapter. The process flow diagram with the mass balance
table are also included in the set of the P&ID sheets (Drawing Sheet No. 13-202-7021).
2.2.6 Process and Instrumentation Diagrams
The Process and Instrumentation Diagrams (P&ID) are checked for standard WTP of 1000
m3/h and modified according to the changes in the particular site of Wasit. The diameters of
all interconnecting pipe work, wastewater pipe work and pipe work within process units were
checked recalculated and modified for each Process Unit accordingly.
The destination of the overflow outlets and waste water outlets were modified according to
the new site. The Tag Numbering for the equipment, valves, etc, was checked and the
required alterations were made on the streams and instrumentations in the P&IDs.
2.3 Basis of Design
The basis of design describes the technical basis of the design process. The following
references were used in order to establish the Basis of Design:

The Standard Design Package of 1000 m3/h WTP.

The project Statement of Work.

The MMPW Design Standards.

2.3.1 Process Design Overview

3

The water treatment system is designed to provide 1,000 m /h of treated water at full capacity
and can handle at least a 3:1 plant turndown ratio. The overall process requirement is to
extract raw water from Al-Dujaila- River, physically and chemically treat that water to the
agreed standards, and supply the treated water to distribution network of Wasit City. Waste
10
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

10/11/2007
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

streams generated from the treatment process will be disposed to Nagara River located near
the WTP site without any treatment. The process is designed to be operated continuously
without frequent start-up and shut down.
2.3.2 Process Functions
The main process functions include:

Extraction and transmission of raw water from the intake area to the treatment plant
area.

Makeup, storage, injection, and in-line mechanical mixing of flocculation and

disinfection chemicals and raw water.

In-line dispersion of coagulant (Alum) in the raw water main.

Rapid gravity filtration of the settled water.

Storage and injection of disinfection chemical (Chlorine Gas) into the filtered water
stream.

Prechlorination Facilities for raw water entering the plant.

Collection and storage of treated water, including establishment of disinfection contact

time.

Transmission of treated water from the treatment plant site to the Distribution
Network

Extraction and storage of dirty backwash water from the filters and sludge from the
flocculator/clarifiers.

Collection and storage of miscellaneous process wastes.

Transmission of wastewater and sludge and miscellaneous process wastes from the
treatment plant site to the near river outfall.

Collection and storage of emergency overflow water.

Transmission of overflow water to the near river outfall.

Provision for future incorporation of advanced chemical treatment (polyelectrolyte)

processes

2.3.3 Process Flow

Raw water is pumped from Al-Dujaila- River to the water treatment plant via the raw water
pipeline. Once inside the treatment plant area, the raw water flow is metered. Prechlorination
may be applied to the influent raw water. Alum is injected into the in-line chemical disperser.
The raw water then enters the splitter box at the head end of the flocculator/clarifier
structures. The splitter box divides the flows between the flocculators/clarifier trains.
The flocculator/clarifiers are connected to the filter building by the common pipeline. The
settled sludge from the bottoms of the flocculator/clarifiers flows to the wastewater holding
tank which is continuously mixed. The settled water flows through the rapid gravity filters to
the filtered water channel. The filters are periodically backwashed and the backwash water is
piped to the wastewater holding tank. The wastewater holding tank also collects other various
process drains. The wastewater is continuously mixed and is transferred to the Nagara river
outfall by the wastewater pumps via the wastewater pipeline.
11
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

10/11/2007
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Filtered water is treated with chlorine and flows through the chlorine contact tank to the
treated water storage tank. The treated water pumps transfer treated water to the Distribution
Network via treated water pipeline.
From the splitter box onwards, the flow gravitates through the treatment works, ending up in
the treated water storage tank. A portion of the treated water flow is extracted for use as
service water and also domestic water on the treatment plant site. Emergency overflow water
is directed to a dedicated overflow tank containing a pump to transmit the water to the river.
2.3.4 Water Quality
2.3.4.1 Raw Water Quality
Raw water quality is dependent upon the river source, local conditions and in some cases time
of year. Samples taken over a one year period were analyzed to understand the variability of
the water quality, particularly with regard to pH and turbidity.
The basic parameters analyzed are: pH, temperature, turbidity, conductivity, alkalinity, total
hardness, calcium, magnesium, chloride, TDS, TSS, TOC, and aluminum. Table 1 shows a
typical water quality data for Al-Dujaila- River.
2.3.4.2 Treated Water Quality
The plant was designed to treat the above raw water, and to produce the following quality of
water, to the following standards:
Target Turbidity 0.5 NTU average, 1 NTU maximum
E coli or thermo tolerant coliform bacteria 0 in 100 ml sample
It is anticipated that the target residual metals will be as follows, subject to confirmation
of concentrations in the inlet raw water,

Aluminium Less than 0.2 mg/l

Iron Less than 0.2 mg/l

2.3.4.3 Determination of the Chemical Dose with Jar Tests
Jar Tests was carried out to establish the average alum dose rate for the WTP. The dose rate
was used in the calculations for dosing pumps and chemical storage.
In Jar Tests, a range of alum doses (0 to 60 mg/l) should be applied to the raw water under
standard Jar Test conditions of rapid mixing, slow stirring and settlement. The settled water
should be analyzed for pH, turbidity and total and dissolved aluminum. The optimum alum
dose is the dose after which increasing the alum dose does not significantly reduce the
turbidity of the settled water (see figure). The dissolved aluminum should be less than 0.2
mg/l. If higher or lower alum doses are required to achieve the optimum alum doses then the
Jar Test should be repeated.
2.3.4.4 In-Line Chemical Disperser
Alum is mixed with the raw water via an in-line chemical disperser equipped with a direct
driven agitator with electrical motor, coagulant distribution manifold with isolating and nonreturn valves, and vanes to aid dispersion all located in the raw water pipe upstream of the
flocculators. The disperser is contained in a below ground chamber which also contains a bypass and isolating valves.
2.3.5 Design Parameters
12
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

10/11/2007
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Most of the design parameters are standard for the plant designs. However some factors affect
the process calculations, which are detailed in this section.
2.3.5.1 Sludge Mass Balance
To achieve the desired plant flow at the outlet, the inlet flow has to be greater to account for
the losses through the process. The losses through the processes are as follows:
Clarifiers Intermittent desludging.
Wash Water Tank filling: the wash water tank is filled from the filter outlet flow.
Filter dump volume: the mass balance assumes there is 2 dump volumes lost per day
from the filters, during the backwash cycle.
Treated Water Tank: the service water is taken from the treated water storage tanks
The volume of clarifier sludge depends on the raw water quality and the coagulant dose. The
instantaneous maximum flow can be calculated assuming that all the clarifiers desludge at the
same time. Using the raw water turbidity, the amount of clarifier sludge produced can be
predicted, using the following equation:

1000Sc 2To
S = C
1
1000S c 4Ti 0.234A

Where:
S: Sludge flow (MLD)
Sc: Sludge solids concentration

- 8kg/m3 or 0.8% (used for medium values of turbidity)

To: Clarifier outlet turbidity taken as

- Min 1 NTU
-Max 2 NTU

A: Alum dose (50mg/l)

Ti: Clarifier inlet turbidity (NTU)
C: Clarifier outlet flow (MLD)
2.3.5.2 Filters
The filters are designed on the following parameters:
Media type/depth: - Dual media
-Anthracite No 2
750 mm depth
- Sand 0.65mm NES
500 mm depth
-Gravel 4 9 mm
50 mm depth
Clogging head:
3m
2.3.5.2.1 Filter backwash
The backwash is designed to operate as a separate air and water wash, with provision for a
combined wash. The pipes and pumps have been sized using the following parameters:
Wash water pumps - 100% standby capacity.
Water velocity
- 55 m/h - max at 30 oC.
34 m/h - min at 5 oC.
Pipe velocity
- assumed 2.5 m/s (to calculate pipe diameter).
Air scour blowers - 100% standby capacity.
Air scour velocity - 45 Normal m/h.
Pipe velocity
- Assume a velocity of 20 m/s (to calculate pipe diameter).
13
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

10/11/2007
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Filter outlet to wastewater tank pipe diameter- Assume a velocity of 1 m/s.

2.3.5.2.2 Filter dump volume

The mass balance assumes there are 2 filter dumps per day, to the wastewater holding tank.
This volume is calculated as follows:
Filter dump volume = volume above weir + volume of wash water troughs + volume below
weir to the base of the siphons.
2.3.5.3 Clean wash water tank
The clean water tank is filled by part of the filtered water overflowing a weir, such that the
flow going forward to the Chlorine contact tank is not starved. This is approximately 10% of
the max plant flow. The tank is sized using the following parameters:
Sized for 2 filter backwashes
Each backwash uses 4.5 Bed Volumes of wash water.
The flow rate to fill the wash water tank is calculated from the mass balance assuming:
Wash rate for each filter:
Min - once a day
Max - twice a day
2.3.5.4 Wastewater holding tank
The wastewater holding tank was designed as follows:
Sized to hold one filter wash, plus 1 hour of average clarifier flow and 30 minutes
rinse to waste
The TWL of this tank should be below the invert level of the filter wash water
channel.
The return pumps are sized on the following details:
To evacuate the tank in 2 hours.
2 duty pumps.
A pipe velocity of 1.5 m/s suction and 2.5 m/s discharge.
2.3.5.5 Elevated Storage Tank
An elevated storage tank should be designed, constructed and installed in raw water intake area to
supply treated water to Wasit City. The EST should be made of galvanized pressed steel with total net
capacity of 1200 m3. The height of steel structure should be 30 m. The design of EST is to be the
responsibility of the contractor who will be awarded the construction of the project. The design should
include structural design (foundations and steel design), geotechnical and topographic field survey, all
pipe connections, local control instruments, and all other necessary requirements.
2.3.5.6 Chlorination System
The chlorination system provides disinfection of the filtered water. Chlorine will be delivered in 1 ton
drums which will be stored in the chlorine building. Storage will be provided for nine drums. The
chlorine gas will be metered via duty/standby chlorinators and ejected to the points of application with
motive water. Chlorine will be dosed into the filtered water pipe upstream of the chlorine contact tank.
Provision is made for future dosing of chlorine, for algal control upstream of the alum dosing (prechlorination), and for emergency post-chlorination after the treated water tank.

2.3.5.7 Chemical dose rates and storage

The following details have been used to design the chemical dose rates and amount of storage
required.
14
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

10/11/2007
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

2.3.5.7.1 Alum

Chemical - Aluminium sulphate Al2(SO4)3.14.3H20.

Form/delivery - Granular Bulk storage - 30 days at average dose rate in 50 kg bags.

Maximum dose rate - The dose can be predicted using jar tests. 50 mg/l has been used
for the designs.

Chemical makeup

- 10% solution, with a S.G. of 1.06

-Makeup tanks standard size - 18.9 m3
- Duty makeup tanks - 1 days dosing at max plant flow
- 1 duty makeup tanks
- 1 additional tank standby

2.3.5.7.2 Chlorine
Prechlorination
-Predicted dose 3mg/l
-1 duty drums
-No standby is required
Disinfection
-Predicted dose 2mg/l
-Number of drums - 1 duty/1 standby
-Calculated using maximum draw off rates from a chlorine drum as follows:
30 oC = 15kg/hr
20 oC = 10kg/hr
15 oC = 5kg/hr
Storage
- Maximum 30 days
- A 9 (1 tonne) chlorine drum store was adopted for the Standard Designs
2.3.5.8 Service water
The service water is taken off from the treated water tank
Assumed Service water consumption 8 m3/day
Assumed wash down water 23 m3/day
2.4 Process Calculations
Process design was done utilizing calculation spreadsheets, by EXEL software considering
the main factors affecting the water treatment plant of Wasit. Mass balance was done to
calculate the amount of sludge, amount of water lost throughout the treatment process, filter
backwash water and filter rinse, alum and chlorine doses required. Unit sizing and
dimensions, as well as unit hydrulics and levels were also recalculated and checked.

15
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

10/11/2007
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

2.4.1 Basis of Design for all Plant Flows

Flash mixing
Alum addition/energy input will be by inline mechanical mixer
Clarification
The Flocculation/Clarification plant will consist of a number of streams
Each stream will comprise the following:
Flocculation stage comprising 3 No chambers to give an overall nominal residence time of 30 mins.
Nom. length
Nom. width
Nom. depth

4.45
4.45
4.45

m
m
m

500 m3/h nett Clarification stage designed on a maximum velocity of 0.65m/h on the projected plate area.
Nom. length
9 m
Nom. width
9 m
Nom. depth
4.4 m
Flowrate

1000

m3/h

No of Streams
2
500
m3/h
Filtration
The filters will be of the single cell type with width 4.75m (nominally internal wall to wall)
Flowrate

1000

m3/h

No of filters n
Length
Width
Area
n Velocity
n-1 Velocity

5
5.2
4.75
24.7
8.1
10.1

m
m
m2
m/h
m/h

Based on nominal flows

Filter media
Sand
Anthracite No 2
Filter wash water
Air Scour

ES mm

Depth m

0.65
1.3
55
34
45

0.5
0.75
m/hr
m/hr
Nm3/hr

Max at 30C
Min at 5 C

2.4.2 Conceptual Design

Flowrate

1000
333

m3/h nett to service max

m3/h nett to service min

Clarification
The Flocculation/Clarification plant will consist of two streams
Each stream will comprise the following:
Dimensions (nominally internal wall to wall)
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

16

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Flocculation stage comprising 3 No chambers to give an overall nominal residence time of 30 mins.
Nom. length
Nom. width
Nom. depth
Clarification stage
Nom. length
Nom. width
Nom. depth

4.45
4.45
4.45

m
m
m

9.0
9.0
4.4

m
m
m

Filtration
There will be 5 no filters of the single cell type
No of filters n
Length
Width
Area
n Velocity
n-1 Velocity

5
5.2
4.75
24.7
8.1
10.1

m
m
m2
m/h
m/h

Filter inlet channel size

Max inlet flow to the block of filters
Flow down channel
Area of channel
Width/height
Water depth
Channel width
Adopted width

1030
0.3
0.95
2
0.69
1.38
1.00

m3/h
m/s
m2

Max outlet flow from block of filters

Flow down channel
Area of channel
Width/height
Water depth
Channel width
Adopted width

1001
0.3
0.93
2
0.68
1.36
1.50

m3/h
m/s
m2

m
m
m

Clean Water Holding Tank

Filter area
24.7
Bed depth
1.25
Filter BV
30.875
No of BV/wash
4.5
Washwater requirement
139
Sized for No of washes
2
Tank capacity (nett)
278
Wastewater Holding Tank

m2
m
m3
m3
m3

Sized to hold one filter wash plus 1 hour of average clarifier flow plus 30 mins rinse washwater channel
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

17

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

2.4.3 Flocculation
PROJECT TITLE
PROJECT NO
PROCESS UNIT
DESCRIPTION
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
VERIFIED BY
VERSION NO

Wasit

FLOCCULATION TANKS
2 STREAM
DATE
DATE
DATE
DATE

INFLUENT CONDITIONS

NOTES
AVG

INFLUENT FLOW
INFLUENT TEMEPRATURE
DESIGN CONDITIONS
RESIDENCE TIME REQUIRED
TOTAL VOLUME REQUIRED
TOTAL VOLUME INSTALLED
NO OF STREAMS
NO OF UNITS PER STREAM
DYNAMIC VISCOSITY
VOLUME PER STREAM
VOLUME PER UNIT
LENGTH PER STREAM
WIDTH PER STREAM
DEPTH PER STREAM
LENGTH PER UNIT
ASSUMED EFFICIENCY
OPERATING CONDIITONS
RESIDENCE TIME

28/10/2007

Ml/d
C

s
m3
m3
kg/m s
m3
m3
m
m
m
m
%

10

0.001308

MIN
8.37
5

0.001519

13.37
4.46
4.46

MAX
25.48
30

1800
531
531
2
3
0.000801
265.4
88.5
4.45
4.45
4.47
4.45
100%

AVG
#DIV/0!

MIN
1800

MAX
5481

AVG

MIN

MIXING - PER UNIT

REQUIRED G
POWER REQUIRED
MOTOR EFFCIENCY
INSTALLED MOTOR

W
%
kW

567

347

0.81

0.50

MAX
70
658
0.7
0.94

SELECTED POWER
ACTUAL G

kW
s-1

82

104

1.1
74

30 MINS -(IN 3 CELLS)

PROCESS VOLUME ONLY
FROM ABOVE OR KNOWN
INPUT
SEE BASIS OF DESIGN
CALCULATED
CALCULATED
CALCULATED
INPUT
INPUT
CALCULATED
CALCULATED
SEE GUIDELINES

CALCULATED

Choose gearbox to provide 10 - 70s-1

CALCULATED
SEE GUIDELINES
CALCULATED
SELECT AND ENTER FROM
ABOVE
CALCULATED

MECHANICAL MIXING SUMMARY SHEET

DESIGN CONDITIONS - PER
STREAM
NO OF STREAMS

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

18

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

LENGTH
WIDTH
DEPTH

m
m
m

13.35
4.45
4.5

OPERATING CONDIITONS
RESIDENCE TIME
0

s
s

#DIV/0!
0

kW
s-1

1.1
74

MIXING
SELECTED POWER
ACTUAL G

1800
0

5481
0

2.4.4 Clarifier Plate Pack Design

Unit size

Any plate
Area
No. requd
Rows
Horl.
Offset

Area requd

Width

Q=
Rate
Proj.Area
1.5
2.41
329
4
82.2
63.5
5220
1555
6775
pack
22
792.4
15.7
4
3.91
7147
1.5

531
0.67
792.4
m wide
m

m/h
m/h
m
Avail. F. C
Width
Flow per trough

-6
-1.5
0.036868

m
m
m/s

No
mm
mm
m long
Allowing for shaft
m
pack
38.56
18

m
50.61
m
packs
Rows
packs

pack
17

mm long

8035

packs
Rows
packs
mm
long

2
2
not o.k.

6
4
20

20.5
4
5.14

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

19

2
2
o.k.

m
40.97

19.3
4
4.84

packs
Rows
packs

8416

mm long
6
4
20

No.plates
17
18
19
20
21

Area m
38.56
40.97
43.38
45.79
48.2

b1
1080
1144
1207
1271
1334

Length
2635
2699
2762
2826
2889

22
50.61
1398
23
53.02
1462
63.5 mm horzl. distance

2953
3017

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

2.4.5 Clarifier Hydraulics

Comprising

no

m3/h units

541

4.810
Overflow
4.962
4.510

Stop Log Frame

4.512

4.712

4.512

5.50

4.74 4.84

Outlet to RGF Channel

4.964

Lamella Splitter Box

Raw Water Inlet

0.272

TWL in Filter inlet channel

Connecting channel between clarifiers
and filter block
Velocity in channel
Area of channel
Width
Adopt width
Water depth
Channel losses assumed negligible
Exit loss into filter channel
K
TWL in connecting channel
Entry loss into channel
K
TWL in clarifier outlet channel
TWL in clarifier launders
Assumed Freefall into lamella launders
Depth of launders
TWL in clarifier
Typical water depth
Invert of clarifier
Losses through clarifier inlet ports
Ports
Ends of tanks
In line with beams
Total area
Flow per clarifier
Velocity
Headloss
Headloss over submerged baffle assumed
TWL in end flocc chamber

4.505
10

m TBC

0.3
0.98
1.40
1.40
0.70

m/s
m2
m
m
m

0.005

0.5

0.002

0.2

m
4.510
4.512
4.512
m
4.712

4.44

m
0.272

No
2
3
1.00
0.147
0.15
0.003
0.000

Area m2
0.125
0.250
m2
m3/s
m/s
m
4.715

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Losses through flocculator chambers

Loss under baffle
Length of bafffle
Entry slot depth
Velocity
Headloss under baffle
Headloss over submerged baffle assumed
Perforated baffle
No of holes
Dia of holes
Area of holes
Headloss
TWL upstream of perf. Baffle
Splitter box
Free drop
Soffit of weir
Head over weir (assume not submerged)
Weir length
Head over weir
TWL inlet compartment

4.45
0.2
0.17
0.004
0.000

m
m
m/s
m
m

20
0.120
0.226
0.022

m
m2
m
4.741

0.100

m
4.841

2.000
0.120

m
m
4.961

Clarified water overflow weir

Rise in level to overflow weir
Soffit of weir
Length of weir
Flow rate
Head over weir
TWL over weir
Freeboard to top of Walls
Top of Wall

0.3
2.8
1061.8
0.152

m
4.810
m
m3/h
m
4.962

0.539
5.501

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

21

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

2.4.6 RGF Trough Location

24972 m3/d from mass balance
Filter inflow
1041 m3/h

Comprising

Levels Refer to True Datum

No

24.7

Filters

TWL

20.013
16.420
16.655
16.120
16.00
14.870

m2 area

Syphon level
Expanded media level
Normal media level
Natural ground level
Bottom of the media level

13.720

Head losses through filter

No of filters

Datum TWL Filter outlet channel

5

TWL in FW channel
Rise to inlet weir
Soffit of weir
Weir length
Water depth
Invert of channel

1.2
0.68

16.200

15.319

Max flow per filter

Head over weir
TWL over weir
Weir height above media
Top of media
Pipe velocity
Pipe dia
Adopt pipe dia
Velocity max
Velocity norm

260
0.105

m3/h
m

with one filter out for washing

16.305

0.08

0.8
0.34
0.35
0.75
0.60

m/s
m
m
m/s
m/s

16.120

Temp C
Kinematic visc
g
DH

Fittings

0.2

Actual Level m
16.000
16.200

5
1.52E-06
9.81
DH = (0.25LV^2)/((2Dg((log((k/3.7D)) + 5.74 /(Re^0.9)))^2))

Size
mm

No

Flow
m3/s

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

22

Velocity
m/s

Vel. Head
m

Headloss
m

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Exit loss
Butterfly valve
Tee (with rinse pipe)
Entry loss into pipe

1
1
1
1

Pipe length
TBC but to allow for future
installation of flow meter

1
1.54
0
0.5

0.07
0.07
0.07
0.07

0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75

0.029
0.029
0.029
0.029

Length m
0.4

0.029
0.044
0.000
0.014
Re

0.00015

Apparent level in filter outlet

0.072

0.751

197768
Total

0.008
0.008

16.313

Filter max velocity

10.53 m/h
(Turbidity target 0.5 NTU, 1 NTU max)
Head loss
(1/ES)^1.85 x FR^1.21 x 10^(0.23429-0.0111T)x14.45415
Loss through 0.65mm media
0.84 m/m
0.42 m
Loss through No 2 anthracite
0.22 m/m
0.16 m
Clogging head adopted
3.00 m
Total media loss
3.58 m
Loss inc nozzles say
TWL of filters
Top of media
Anthracite depth
Sand depth
Gravel depth
Slab thickness
Depth floor/ underside of slab
Filter floor level
Anthracite expansion
Sand expansion
Expanded media depth
Margin to underside of trough
Depth of trough
Top of washweir
Head of water above media
Head over trough
Head loss through opening in wall
TWL over trough
Expansion media level
Underside of trough level
Soffet weir level
Length of inlet weir
Max inlet flow/filter
Head over weir
TWL over weir
Siphon
Adopt no of siphons per filter
Dia of siphon
Height of siphon

3.700

20.013
16.120
0.750
0.500
0.05
0.200
0.900

m
m
m
m
m

Underside of slab

14.620

13.720
48%
35%
0.535
0.178
0.56
3.893
0.047
0.05
17.440
16.655
16.833
1.2
260
0.105
0.105

3
0.15
0.3

assumed
m
m
m
17.393
m
m
m sized to suit
m
m
m
m
m3/h
m
m

m
m

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

23

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

2.4.7 Filter

24972

Filter inflow

1041
Comprising

4.505

4.455

m3/d from mass balance

m3/h
No

24.7

Filters

m2 area

4.350
4.197
TWL

4.100
FW Overflow
0.350
0.494

Wash trough ( 2 No)

Channel roof level

1.093
0.200

0.305
1.393

0.000

0.120
-0.681
Filtered Water Channel
-2.280
Head losses through filter
No of filters
TWL in FW channel
Rise to inlet weir
Soffit of weir
Weir length
Water depth
Invert of channel

Max flow per filter

Head over weir
TWL over weir
Weir height above media
Top of media
Pipe velocity
Pipe dia
Adopt pipe dia
Velocity max
Velocity norm
Temp C
Kinematic visc
g
DH

Datum TWL Filter outlet channel

5
Actual Level m
0.000
0.2 m
0.200
0.200
1.2 m
0.68
-0.681

260
0.105

m3/h
m

-1.13

with one filter out for washing

0.305

0.08

0.8
0.34
0.35
0.75
0.60

m/s
m
m
m/s
m/s

0.120

5
1.52E06
9.81
DH = (0.25LV^2)/((2Dg((log((k/3.7D)) + 5.74 /(Re^0.9)))^2))

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

24

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

16.12

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Fittings

Size

No

mm

Exit loss
Butterfly valve
Tee (with rinse pipe)
Entry loss into pipe

1
1
1
1

Velocity

Vel.
Head

Headloss

m3/s

m/s

0.07
0.07
0.07
0.07

0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75

Length
m

Pipe length
TBC but to allow for future
installation of flow meter

1
1.54
0
0.5

Flow

0.4

0.029
0.029
0.029
0.029

0.029
0.044
0.000
0.014

Re
0.00015

Apparent level in filter outlet

0.072

0.751

197768
Total

0.008
0.095

0.400

Filter max velocity

10.53 m/h
(Turbidity target 0.5 NTU, 1 NTU max)
Head loss
(1/ES)^1.85 x FR^1.21 x 10^(0.23429-0.0111T)x14.45415
Loss through 0.65mm media
0.84 m/m
0.42 m
Loss through No 2 anthracite
0.22 m/m
0.16 m
Clogging head adopted
3.00 m
Total media loss
3.58 m
Loss inc nozzles say
TWL of filters
Top of media
Anthracite depth
Sand depth
Gravel depth
Slab thickness
Depth floor/ underside of slab
Filter floor level
Anthracite expansion
Sand expansion
Expanded media depth
Margin to underside of trough
Depth of trough
Top of washweir
Head of water above media
Head over trough
Head loss through opening in
wall
Area
Dimensions
Rise to weir soffit
Soffet weir level
Length of inlet weir
Max inlet flow/filter
Head over weir
TWL over weir
Headloss through pen.

3.700

4.100

0.750
0.500
0.05
0.200
0.900
48%
35%
0.535
0.178
0.56
3.980
0.047
0.05
0.12
0.34
0.2
1.2
260
0.105

0.120
m
m
m
m
m
-2.280

assumed
m
m
m
1.393
m
m

Underside of slab

-1.380

Expansion media level

Underside of trough level

0.655
0.833

m
m

TWL over trough

1.440

m sized to suit
m2
m
square
m
4.350
m
m3/h
m
4.455

0.05

m sized to suit

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

25

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

TWL inlet channel

4.505

Filtered water Overflow weir

Length of weir
Head over weir
Rise to overflow weir
Soffit of weir
TWL over weir
Soffit of channel roof

3.000
0.144
0.350

m into washwater tank (overflow from wash water tank)

m
0.350
0.494
1.093

Overflow pipework
Flowrate
Dia
Velocity

24726
0.6
1.01

m3/d
m
m/s

Siphon

Adopt no of siphons per filter

Dia of siphon
Height of siphon

3
0.15
0.3

1.393

Weir level

0.420

Drain down point

m
m

2.4.8 Clean Wash Water Tank

Concept is that part of the filtered water overflows a weir into the tank, such that the flow going forward to the
Chlorine contact tank is not starved.Inlet flow to washwater tank about 10% of max plant flow.
Flow into tank
Volume of tank
Assume weir length
Max head over weir

104.05
69.4
278
1
0.064

Max no of filter washes per day

Min no of filter washes per day
Volume of washwater max
Volume of washwater min

5
2.5
695
347

m3/h at max flow

m3/h at min flow
m3 nett
m
m

once every 48 h
m3/d
m3/d

Washwater pumps (2 No)

Washwater velocity
Washwater velocity
Flow
Velocity in pipe
Pipe dia

34
55
1360
2.5
0.44

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

26

m3/m2.h
m3/m2.h
m3/h
m/s
m

at 10C
at 30 C

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Adopted dia

0.45

Outlet penstock area

Washwater velocity
Head loss

0.36
1.05
0.15

m2
m/s
m

Air scour blowers (2 no)

Air scour velocity
Flow
Velocity in pipe
Pipe dia
Adopted dia

45
1111.5
20
0.140
0.15

Nm3/2.h
Nm3/h
m/s
m/s
m

2.4.9 Chlorine Contact Tank

Twin compartment (to allow cleaning)
Inlet flow
24031 m3/d
Contact time
30 mins
Volume
500.6 m3
as this is taken into account
Assumed eff
100% in the 30 mins

Temp C
Kinematic visc
g
DH

Fittings
Exit loss into
CCT
Butterfly
valve
Tee
Entry loss into
pipe
Pipe length
Assumed

5
1.52E-06
9.81
DH = (0.25LV^2)/((2Dg((log((k/3.7D)) + 5.74 /(Re^0.9)))^2))

Size
mm

No

Flow
m3/s

Velocity
m/s

Vel.
Head
m

Headloss
m

0.7

0.28

0.72

0.027

0.027

0.7
0.7

1
1

1.54
1.2

0.28
0.28

0.72
0.72

0.027
0.027

0.041
0.032

0.7
0.7

1
Length m

0.5

0.28

0.72

0.027
Re

0.013

10

0.00015

0.278

0.723

333052
Total

0.006
0.119

0.7

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

27

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

2.4.10 Sludge System

Based on Al-Dujaila raw water characteristics
CLARIFIER
F
Cf

Turbidity
Raw water

Clarified water
Clarified water

57
25
115
2
1

NTU mean
NTU min
NTU max
NTU max
NTU min

C
Cw
F

W
Cw

Chemical addition
Alum dose
Assumed ratio SS/NTU
Solids concentration

Solids production

50
4
8.00
10.00
236
104
468

mg/l as .14.3 H2O- to be confirmed

from rw quality data
kg/m3 (0.8%)assumed for low and medium turbidities
kg/m3 (1%)assumed for high turbidities
mg/l mean
mg/l min
mg/l max

Max flow average turbidity

Clarified water flow C
Feed concentration Cf
Clarified water conc. Cc
Sludge blowdown conc Cw
Feed flow F
Sludge blowdown W

24.73
240
2
8000
25.48
0.76

Mld
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
Mld
Mld

Max flow max turbidity

Clarified water flow C
Feed concentration Cf
Clarified water conc. Cc
Sludge blowdown conc Cw
Feed flow F
Sludge blowdown W

24.73
472
2
10000
25.94
1.22

Mld
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
Mld
Mld

Min flow min turbidity

Clarified water flow C
Feed concentration Cf
Clarified water conc. Cc
Sludge blowdown conc Cw
Feed flow F
Sludge blowdown W

8.37
111.7
2
8000
8.49
0.12

Mld
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
Mld
Mld

6059
931

kg/d
kg/day

Solids removed
Max flow average turbidity
Min flow min turbidity

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

28

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Max flow max turbidity

12189

kg/day

11514.75

Inlet turbidity
Outlet turbidity
Flowrate max
Flowrate ave
Flowrate min

2
0.1
24726
24726
8369

NTU max
NTU for design basis
m3/d
m3/d (for solids calc basis)
m3/d

Filter bed volume

Washwater BV
Wash water volume
No of backwashes
Dump area
Depth from TWL to weir
Depth from weir to siphon

30.875
4.5
139
5
30.6
2.71
0.97

m3

Dump volume
Max wash volume per day
Min wash volume per day

110
695
347

m3
per day
m2 approx. assumes weir wall thickness 0.25m
m
0.3 above media for siphon
m3 per filter comprising vol above weir + vol of 2 no washwater troughs+ vol
below troughs
m3 excluding dump
m3

Max wash volume per day

Solids load
Solids concentration

914
94
0.1

m3 assuming two dumps per day

kg/d assumes SS/NTU ratio = 2
kg/m3 max excluding dump

Min wash volume per day

Solids load
Solids concentration

347
32
0.1

m3
kg/d assumes SS/NTU ratio = 2
kg/m3

FILTERS

44.506238

Outlet pipe to wastewater tank

Max flow
Velocity
Dia

1360.5
1.0
0.7

m3/h
m/s
m

2.4.11 Wastewater Holding Tank

Sized to hold one filter wash plus 1 hour of average clarifier flow + 30 mins rinse to waste
The TWL of this tankshould be below the invert level of the filter
washwater channel
Capacity of tank nett
429.4
Capacity adopted
415.0
Top of filter slab
Invert of filter floor and
assumed w/wchannel invert
and TWL of holding tank
Assume Water depth
3
Area of tank
143.1
Invert of tank
Assumed mixer
power
10

m3
m3

m
m2

W/m3

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

29

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Absorbed power

4.29

kW

Return pumps ( 2 duty)

Evacuate tank in
2 hours
Flow rate required
215 m3/h
Flow per pump
107 m3/h per pump
Pipe length
Pipe velocity
1.5 m/s
Pipe dia
0.22 m
Adopted dia
0.25 m
discharge head
m
Pump heat to be confirmed when pipe route finalised

Individual Pump
Flow
Pipe dia
Velocity

Temp C
Kinematic visc
g
DH

Fittings

Exit loss
Butterfly valve
NRV
Tee
Bends

107
0.15
1.69

m3/h
m
m/s

5
1.52E06
9.81
DH = (0.25LV^2)/((2Dg((log((k/3.7D)) + 5.74 /(Re^0.9)))^2))

Size
m
0.25

Pipe length

No

1
1
1
1
12

Flow
m3/s
1
1.54
1.7
0
0.75

0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06

Velocity
m/s
1.21
1.21
1.21
1.21
1.21

Length m
0.25

Vel.
Head
m
0.075
0.075
0.075
0.075
0.075

Headloss
m
0.075
0.116
0.128
0.000
0.677

Re

3500

0.00015

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

30

0.060

1.21

199942
Total
Adopt

20.474
21.470
25

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

2.4.12 Chemical Storage and Dosing

Alum
Max flow
Dose rate adopted
Solution strength
Alum consumption
Solution flow
SG of 10% solution
Flowrate
Water addition
Pump flow

25.48
50
10%
1258.00
12580
1.06
0.49
11.3
0.50

Mld
mg/l Al2(SO4)3.14 H2O
kg/d
kg/d
approx.
m3/h
m3/d
m3/h

Alum granules delivered in 50 kg bags on a 1 tonne pallet.

Dimensions of pallet
Nett storage capacity
Water depth
Area
L=W
adopt L = W
Liquid depth
Freeboard
Overall height
adopted

19.0
2.5
7.60
2.76
2.5
3.04
0.5

m3
m

2.50

Weight of Alum solution

Quantity of Alum
Amount of water
Volume of make up water
Capacity of tank

m
m
m

20128
2012.8
18115.2
18.079042
1.6

kg
kg
kg
m3

Adopt Duty and standby tanks

Chlorine Dosing
Max
Flow
Max dose
Chlorine consumption
30 days storage
Adopt

25.48
5
127.4
3.8
9

Mld
mg/l
Kg/d
Tonne
1 Tonne drum store for commonality

Future Polyelectrolte dosing

Raw Water
Assumed dose
Consumption max
Concentration
Volume
Tank dia
depth
Adopt
Weight required
in 30 days
Sludge
Assumed dose
Sludge produced

0.2
5.1
0.20%
2.55
1.4
1.66
2.0
152.9

4
20

mg/l
kg/d
m3/d
m
m
say 6 No 25 kg bags

kg/T d.s
Tonnes/d

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

31

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Consumption max
Concentration
Volume
Tank dia
depth
Adopt
Weight required
in 30 days

79.5
0.20%
39.73
2.5
8.09
3.0

Kg/d
m3/d
m

2384.1

say 32 No 25 kg bags

NB Preferable to install an auto polyprep unit

2.4.13 Service Water Requirements

Alum make up
Polyelectrolyte
Chlorine

18.1
0
22.8

m3/d
m3/d ( Future requirement and not taken into consideration)
m3/d assuming no prechlorination ( intermittent)

20
400
8
23

assumed
l/p.e
m3/d
m3/d assumed

Potable to houses
Population equiv
Consumption p.e
Consumption per day
Washdown
Treated water losses max.
Treated water losses min.

31
22

m3 max /day
m3 min /day assuming min flow

Service water tank

Sized for a nominal
Volume
Dia
Straight side
Adopt

6
2.05
2
0.653
2

hours
m3
m
m
m dia

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

32

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Distribution

2.4.14 Mass Balance

EST

Alum

F1

Inlet Pumping
Station

F2

Lamella
Clarifiers

F3

Rapid Gravity
Filters

F4

F6

Chlorine
Contact Tank

Treated water
Storage Tank

F5

F11

F9
F7

F8

Waste Water
Holding Tank

To River
Stream Description
Fluid
Flow Regime
Flow
Instantaneous max m3/h
Maximum/max solids m3/d
Maximum /av solids
Minimum m3/d

Service water Tank

Clean Wash water

tank
F10

F1
Raw Water
Continuous

F2
Conditioned RW
Continuous

F3
Clarified
Continuous

F4
Filtered
Continuous

F5
Treated
Continuous

25945
25483
8369

25945
25483
8369

24726
24726
8369

24031

24000

8022

8000

Mass flow
Instantaneous kg/h
Maximum kg/d
Average kg/d
Minimum kg/d

F6
Sludge
Intermittent

F7
Sludge
Intermittent

371
1219
757
0

1360
914
695
347

3706
12189
6059
0

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

33

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

94
32

F8
Sludge
Continuous

F9
Filtered
Intermittent

F10
Filtered
Intermittent

F11
Treated

1914

104
695

1360
695

31

347

347

347

22

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

3. HYDRAULICS AND HYDROLOGY STUDY

3.1 Hydraulic Study
In Wasit city, hydraulics profiles are prepared for the site specified in the water treatment plant and in
intake sites, and according to the new ground level and water level in Dujaila- River.
Maximum and minimum water levels in the Dujaila- River are calculated (17.00 and 14.00 GTS
respectively) according to hydrological study for 26 years return period and according to that, the
following parameters are indicated:
1- The finish level of the intake structure, bottom level of the wet well and minimum suction level of
the gravity pipe to the wet well.
2- Moreover, hydraulic profiles for the process elements were been changed accordingly.
3- Waste water profiles are revised due to the previous notes.
The following drawings for hydraulic profiles for process and waste water (Drawings nos.: 13-2027020 and 13-202-7022, respectively).
3.2 Hydrological Study in Al-Dujaila- River
The intake structure of Wasit WTP is located at km 27.250 of Al Dujaila Main Canal which diverts water from
Tigris River into Al Dujaila irrigation project through Al Dujaila Main Regulator at coordinate (E 576350 m, N
3596031 m). Al Dujaila Irrigation Project is located in Al Kut Governorate on the right side of Tigris River and
to the left of Shatt Al Gharraf. It is irrigated by Al Dujaila Canal that diverts the water from Tigris River
upstream of Al Kut Barrage. The total length of the canal is 57 km. It has 9 distributary canals and maximum
discharge of 42.2 m3/sec. The total gross area of the irrigation project is 707000 donum and the current planted
area of the project is about 41 % of the total area.
The discharge in the canal varies during the year from about 30m3/sec in winter to about 20m3/sec in summer.
The staff of General Directorate of Operation and Maintenance of Irrigation and Drainage Projects (in Baghdad)
and the staff of Al Dujaila Irrigation and Drainage Project( in Wasit Nahia), confirm that no records of water
level measurements at the location of the intake structure exist. The recorded maximum and minimum water
levels at km 29 of the main canal, which is about 2 km downstream of the location of intake structure, are 16.35
m.a.s.l and 14.5 G.T.S. Hence the maximum and minimum water levels at km 27.25 will be taken to be 17 and
14 G.T.S, respectively. This includes an additional factor of safety.

The design flow in Dujaila River is 45 m3/s. The water diverted for the water treatment plant is 1000
m3/h, or 0.28 m3/s, which amount to 0.62% of the design flow in the river, and will not have any effect
on downstream users.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

34

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

4. MECHANICAL DESIGN
4.1 Mechanical Equipment General
4.1.1 Introduction
The raw water system transfers water from the Al-Dujaila- River to the flocculators/clarifier via the raw
water pipeline of 500 mm in diameter. The raw water pumping station is located on the Al-DujailaRiver bank and consists of an above-ground pump room and a below-ground wet well. The pump room
is located above wet well and consists of four vertical turbine pump (one standby) each with flow rate
of 350 m3/hr and 11.8 m head.
The treated water pumping station consists of a pump room and electrical room located above the
pumping station. The treated water storage tank chambers act as wet wells for the treated water pumps
and service water pumps. The treated water pumping station consists of four electric driven, two speed
vertical turbine pumps (one standby) each with capacity of 333.3 m3/hr and with head of 40.8 m. The
treated water is pumped from treated water storage tank to the elevated storage tank with 30 m head via
the treated water pipeline of 500 mm in diameter. The treated water pipeline also supplies the site
potable water system.
In backwash system, the two 100% capacity backwash pumps are provided. They are designed for 1350
m3/hr which is equivalent to a wash rate of 55 m3/hr.This is sufficient to provide the necessary bed
expansion at a water temperature of 30 oC. The backwash pumps will operate in alternating duty with
one serving as a standby.
Filter backwash water, clarifier sludge, and miscellaneous process wastes are routed from structures
and process units to the wastewater holding tank. All flow is by gravity with process unit sources
operating under the static heads in each chamber. Wastewater will be discharged by three pumps (one
standby) each with capacity of 410 m3/hr and a head of 12.2 m back to the Dujaila River downstream
of the plant intake via the wastewater pipeline of 250 mm diameter (see drawing no. 13-231-2212).
An emergency overflows from the process units are piped to an overflow tank sized to hold 30 minutes
full works flow. A single vertical spindle pump with capacity of 126 m3/hr and a head of 6.5 m is
located in the tank which pumps the overflow at a controlled rate through a pipe of 200 mm diameter to
outside treatment plant area.
The service water system provides treated water to miscellaneous plant service such as chemical makeup, wash down and fire fighting. The system is primarily located in the treated water pumping station
and consists of duty assist and standby pumps.
4.1.2 Scope of the Work
For Wasit subproject the length of transmission pipelines, service pipelines and static heads for all
pumping stations (Raw, Treated, Wastewater, Overflow and Service water) are different than the
standard design .Also; the produced water through a transmission treated water pipeline will be directly
connected to the elevated storage tank with a minimum height of 30 m.
Based on the above circumstance, many drawings from standard design are selected and major changes
have been performed for calculating the slopes for interconnecting pipes and head losses for
transmission and service pipelines for each pumping station. All the levels in pumping stations general
arrangement drawings have been changed to fit the new natural ground level of Wasit site. Cross
reference numbers in all drawings are reviewed to fit the new set of the drawings .Also; several new
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

35

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

drawings are constructed to cope with new subproject in Wasit. Finally the bill of quantities and
technical specifications for each item is revised and changed accordingly.
4.1.3 Design Criteria
The mechanical system is designed to meet the criteria specified below:- Colebrook-White formula is used for head loss calculations for all piping systems.
- 1.25 mm roughness coefficient is used for Ductile Iron pipe (cement lined) up to 20 years old.
- Pump discharge velocity (2-3) m/s.
- Pump discharge header velocity (1.5-2) m/s.
- DI pipe will adopt for all process yard pipe work to carry water and wastewater.
- Treated water pipeline is designed for ultimate capacity.
- The slopes for interconnecting pipes in site are adopted to fit the required invert for each unit.
- A wastewater pumps are sized to evacuate the tank in 2 hours.
- NPSH definition is used to calculate and check the cavitations for pump suction side.
- Natural ground level of Wasit site is 16.00 m.
4.1.4 Calculations
A computer program is developed for calculations of head losses in transmission and service pipelines,
Net Positive Suction Heads (NPSH) and power required for the pumps in order to check the previously
selected pumps in standard design technical specifications. The results of the calculations are shown in
computer outputs.
Based on the scope of the work, design criteria and the results of the calculations, the major changes in
standard design can be summarized as follows:1- The slopes for interconnecting pipes in the yard piping are calculated and adopted to fit the required
invert for each unit within the new layout and new drawings (13-231-2200/13-231-2201/ 13-231-2202/
13-231-2203 and 13-231-2204) have been constructed.
2-New dimensions for longitudinal sections of yard piping layout for process, wastewater and overflow
are calculated and new drawings (13-231-2205/13-231-2206 and 13-231-2207) have been constructed.
3- Based on new layout, new tables for manholes specifications (13-231-2208) and piping length,
diameters and fittings (13-231-2210) are formed.
4- Based on Wasit site layout a new drawing for yard service and potable water piping systems (13231-2211) is produced. Also, another new drawing (13-231-2212) is formed for drainage system of
wastewater and overflow water.
5- For off-yard transmission pipelines, pump head losses for raw water, treated water, wastewater and
overflow pumping stations are calculated. Generally, the head losses calculation results showed lower
values for pumps heads than that selected pumps in the standard design. Therefore, the pump capacities
for raw water, treated water, and wastewater pumping stations in standard design are charged for Wasit
subproject. The results of the calculations for pump heads are shown in attached computer outputs.
6- For on-yard piping, the pump head losses for service and backwash pumping stations are
calculated. The results showed that, the values for pump head losses are almost the same as that for
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

36

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

pumps heads selected in standard design. Therefore, the selected pumps for standard design will be
recommended and used for service and backwash pumping stations. The results of the calculation are
shown in attached computer outputs.
7- The net positive suction heads for all pumping stations are calculated as shown in computer output,
checked and compared with the values of NPSH in technical specification of standard design. All the
values are within the selected range.
4.1.5 References
- All general arrangements
- Hydraulic design guide
- Drawing No. 13-231-2200 Wasit landscape pipelines
- Drawing No. 13-231-2201 Piping layout 1 0f 4
- Drawing No. 13-231-2202 Piping layout 2 0f 4
- Drawing No. 13-231-2203 Piping layout 3 0f 4
- Drawing No. 13-231-2204 Piping layout 4 0f 4
- Drawing No. 13-231-2205 Yard piping process pipelines
- Drawing No. 13-231-2206 Yard piping wastewater pipelines
- Drawing No. 13-231-2207 Yard piping overflow piplines
- Drawing No. 13-231-2208 Manhole schedule
- Drawing No. 13-231-2209 Thrust block schedule
- Drawing No. 13-231-2210 Pipe schedule
- Drawing No. 13-231-2211 Service and potable water piping system
- Drawing No. 13-231-2212 Draniage system for wastewater and overflow water
- Treatment plant process output
- Fluid Mechanics, F. White, Second Edition
4.1.6 Sample of the Calculations
The results of all the calculations for yard piping, transmission pipelines head losses, net positive
suction heads for pumps and pumps power are represented and attached as a computer outputs for:- Head losses calculation for raw water pumps
- Head losses calculation for treated water pumps
- Head losses calculation for wastewater pumps
- Head losses calculation for overflow pumps
- Head losses calculation for backwash pumps
- Head losses calculation for service water pumps

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

37

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

4.1.6.1 Head losses calculation for raw water pumps

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

38

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

4.1.6.2 Head losses calculation for treated water pumps

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

39

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

4.1.6.3 Head losses calculation for wastewater pumps

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

40

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

4.1.6.4 Head losses calculation for overflow pumps

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

41

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

4.1.6.5 Head losses calculation for backwash water pumps

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

42

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

4.1.6.6 Head losses calculation for service water pumps

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

43

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

44

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

4.2 Pump Station and Pipeline Hydraulic Transient Analysis

4.2.1 Purpose
Surges or transient pressure in a pressurized system are generally caused by a change of flow conditions
in the pipeline system. These changes cause waves to travel upstream and downstream from the point
where the change take place. The waves, in turn, cause increases or decreases in pressure as they travel
along the pipeline. Transient pressure is independent of the internal working pressure created by the
fluid in the pipeline; however transient pressure is proportional to the rate of change of flow conditions
and the pressure wave speed. Transient pressures must be considered during the pipeline and pump
station design to adequately protect the hydraulic system and ensure safety.
Changes in flow conditions can result from either normal or abnormal hydraulic transient conditions in
a pumped system. Normal flow conditions changes may be caused by a change in pump operation such
as a normal pump startup or shut down, or by the normal opening and closing of valves in the system.
Abnormal flow conditions changes typically result from unplanned events such as power failure at the
pump station or a sudden/unexpected valve closure.
A sudden starting or stopping due to power failure are the most severe surge condition in a pumped
pipeline system. A rapid change in the flow conditions will take place at the pump station and
immediately propagate downstream of the pump. In a pumped system the pressures developed
following the pump start or failure within the system may exceed the limits that the system can
withstand casing damage to the system. A pressure control devices must therefore be provided in order
to control transients in the pipeline.
As part of this analysis, for both the raw water pump station and finished water pump station, a surge
control strategy has been recommended and sized to eliminate potential formation of high and vacuum
pressure conditions and resultant transient pressure conditions during a maximum flow uncontrolled
pump station shutdown and pumps startup.
4.2.2 Transient Mathematical Model
In general two primary equations are used in predicting transient flow conditions for surge events, These
are based on Newton's second law of motion and on the continuity equation. The assumptions involved
and the derivation of the equations are found in the literature on fluid transients (Chaudhry, Wylie and
Streeter, and Parmakian). When these equations are coupled, they form a pair of quasi-linear hyperbolic
partial differential equations in terms of two dependent variables, velocity and HGL elevation, and two
independent variables, distance along the pipeline and time. The model uses the numerical approach
known as the Method of Characteristics to transform these equations into four ordinary differential
equations. In order to solve for the flow conditions at the end of time step at the two boundaries,
auxiliary equations are needed so that there are as many equations as there are unknowns. In other
words the operation of the boundary condition must be expressed in mathematical form that can be
solved simultaneously with the single characteristic equation. The mathematical expression of the
boundary conditions may take many forms such as specifying either Q or H as a constant or some
relation between them. Pump failure, pump start up, surge tanks, air vessels, pressure regulating devices
and non-return valves must be treated as special, or internal boundary conditions. The equations
governing the operation of these devices must be solved simultaneously with the appropriate
characteristic equation governing the transient conditions in the pipe line.
The software used was developed by A. Y. Mohammed and R. Z. AzZubaidi at the Water Resources
Engineering Department of the University of Baghdad and was verified and used to analyze more that ten
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

45

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

water pipeline systems.

4.2.3 Criteria and Analysis
The analysis performed included both the raw water and finished water pump stations. The assumptions
used to hydraulically represent the system and assess and size the surge control facilities are detailed
below.
4.2.3.1 Raw Water Pump Station
The raw water pump station and pipeline system was modeled with the following assumptions:
Surge Events: The causes of the surge events are simultaneous power failure to pumps and simultaneous
pump start up.
Pipelines: All pipelines are assumed to be ductile iron pipeline with a rated water working pressure of
105m and an allowable downsurge and upsurge pressure allowances as follows:
Downsurge: To eliminate problems resulting from air admission to the system, no negative or subatmospheric pressure is allowed along the pipeline.
Upsurge: Ductile iron pipeline has a surge pressure allowance of 70m for a total working plus surge
pressure allowance of 175m.
Roughness Coefficient: The pipeline was assumed to have a relative roughness, , of 1.5 mm for a
Darcy Weisbach friction factor, f, of 0.026.
Source/Delivery Points: The model assumes the raw water pump station wet well as the supply point.
The wet well is modeled with water level of 16.77m and 13.75m. The delivery point is assumed to be the
flocculation basin with a maximum and minimum water surface elevation of 20.837m and 20.775m,
respectively.
Pump Station: Each pump is modeled with a rotational moment of inertia equal to the pump/motor
combination. Each pump rotational moment of inertia is derived from an empirical
2 equation developed
by A.R.D Thorley and published in Fluid Transients in Pipeline Systems . The equation uses
horsepower and rotating speed to estimate moment of inertia. The raw water pump analysis assumes
three pumps running. Each pump produces 350m3 /h for a total flow rate of 1000 m3/h. The total moment
of inertia has been modeled as 4.0 kg-m2.
Pump Characteristics: Power failure at the pump station and pumps start are modeled to assess the
worst-case surge condition. Pumps manufacturers usually supply the characteristics curve of normal
operation zone and very few of them supply the complete characteristics curve. If these curves are not
available for a pump, then the curves for a pump of the same type with approximately the same specific
speed may be used (Chaudhry, Wylie and Streeter)
Valve Characteristics: The check valves on the pump discharge piping are used to prevent reverse flow
through the pumps. Positive flow through the check valve on the raw water pump station is checked by
the mathematical model by calculating the difference between the head produced by the pumps and that
at the section just downstream of the check valve.
Pressure Wave Speed: A wave speed of approximately 1160m/s was utilized in the model. The
program performs minor adjustments to the wave speed to accommodate pipeline segments of different
lengths.
The head variation at the pump station due to pumps start and failure are shown in Figure (1). Extreme
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

46

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

pressures are developed at the pumping station. Vacuum condition is developed that violates the
downsurge pressure criteria; the minimum pressure level was 11.16m at the pumping station. The
developed maximum pressure level of 32.86m occurs at the station, and is within the acceptable limit
that the system can withstand. It is recommended that this system be equipped with a surge system to
control the negative pressure and to control undesired mass oscillation.
Trials were made with different surge tank sizes. It was found that a surge take with a circular cross
section 1.4m in diameter is suitable to control the pressures within the system during the transient state.
Figure (2) shows the system response when protected by the surge tank that is connected to the main
pipeline at the station by a pipe of a diameter of 300mm. With the surge tank the downsurge pressure
head is limited to a positive head. The maximum water level inside the tank was 24.2m, which was
developed during pump start, and the minimum water level during the pump failure was 18.47m. The
bottom level of the surge tank is set equal to the ground level of 16m. The height of the surge tank is set
equal to the maximum water level developed during the pumps start plus 10% of the surge tank height, as
a factor of safety and to account for the pipeline aging, plus 1m as a free board. Thus, the top level of the
surge tank is set equal to 26m.
4.2.3.2 Treated Water Pump Station
The finished water pump station and pipeline system was modeled with the following assumptions:
Surge Events: The causes of the surge events are simultaneous power failure to pumps and simultaneous
pump start up.
Pipelines: All pipelines are assumed to be ductile iron pipeline with a rated water working pressure of
105m and an allowable downsurge and upsurge pressure allowances as follows:
Downsurge: To eliminate problems resulting from air admission to the system, no negative or subatmospheric pressure is allowed along the pipeline.
Upsurge: Ductile iron pipeline has a surge pressure allowance of 70m for a total working plus surge
pressure allowance of 175m.
Roughness Coefficient: The pipeline was assumed to have a relative roughness, , of 1.5 mm for a
Darcy-Weisbach friction factor, f, of 0.026.
Source/Delivery Points: The source of supply of the treated water pump station is the water treatment
plant clear well. The clear well is modeled with maximum and minimum levels of 15m and 10m,
respectively. The treated water pump station feeds an elevated storage tank with a maximum water level
of 49.1m and a minimum of 44.1m.
Pump Station: Similar to the raw water pump station, each pump is modeled with a rotational moment
of inertia equal to the pump/motor combination. For the finished water pump station three pumps are
assumed to be operating. Each pump produces 350m3/h and for a total flow rate of 1000 m3/h. The higher
capacity pump/motor units have a combined moment of inertia of 4.7 kg-m2.
Pump Characteristics: Similar to the raw water pump station power failure at the pump station and
pumps start are modeled to assess the worst-case surge condition. The curves for a pump of the same
type with approximately the same specific speed was used.
Valve Characteristics: Similar to the raw water pump station, check valves on the pump discharge
piping are used to prevent reverse flow through the pumps. The check valve was treated in similar way as
in the raw water pump station.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

47

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Pressure Wave Speed: A wave speed of approximately 1,160 m/s was utilized in the model. The
program performs minor adjustments to the wave speed to accommodate pipeline segments of different
lengths.
The head variation at the pump station due to pumps start and failure are shown in Figure (3). The
maximum pressure developed within the system reached a level of 66. No vacuum pressure occurred. A
minimum pressure level of 31.12m occurred at the station.
It is recommended that the system be equipped with a surge control system. Several mathematical model
runs were made with different air vessels sizes, the recommended surge control system is a 10 m3 hydro
pneumatic tank with 70% of the total volume initially charged with water and 30% charged with
compressed air. The results for the protected system are shown in Figure (4). The pressures are kept
within acceptable limits at the station and along the pipeline.
It should be noted that both raw water and treated water analyses and control strategies that are
recommended should be verified once refinements to system control logic and equipment selection has
been made. Field tests are required to verify the variation of the pressures due to pump failure and pump
start just when the raw and treated water stations are completed
4.2.4 Analysis Summary and Recomendations
Surge control facilities are required for both of the raw water and finished water systems. A surge tank of
a cross sectional area of 1.4m with a maximum top level of 25.5m is recommended to control the
transient pressures within the raw water system. .
A 10 cubic meter hydro-pneumatic tank is recommended to control the transient pressures within the
finished water system. Generally, hydro-pneumatic tanks of this size have a free water surface to
compressed air interface. The water surface level in the tank will fluctuate with system pressure and
therefore is continuously adjusted by a compressor and receiving tank. This type of system allows
significant flexibility and will protect the system over a wide range of operating conditions. However,
general maintenance on the compressor is required to ensure operation. If the compressor is not
operational, the hydro-pneumatic tank will not protect the system during a transient event. An alternative
to the compressor system is an air bladder. The bladder is positioned within the tank during the
manufacturing process and after installation the bladder is inflated to a set pressure. This set pressure is
generally the higher end of the systems normal operating bandwidth. A bladder system does not provide
as much flexibility as a compressor designed system, but the inflated bladder system will maintain the set
pressure for an extended period of time without the need for constant adjustments. For a hydropneumatic tank this size periodic adjustments may be required depending on temperature and bladder
elasticity. Also, there are limited manufacturers of bladder hydro-pneumatic tank systems. If available
and cost feasible, a bladder tank is recommended.
4.2.5 References
1- Chaudhry, M. H., Applied Hydraulic Transients, 2d ed., Van Nostrand Reinhold, New Yorle 1987.
2- Larock, B. E., Jeppson R. W., and Watters G. Z., Hydraulics of Pipeline Systems, CRC Press LLC,
2000.
3- Parmakian, J., Water Hammer Analysis, Prentice-Hall, New York, 1955.
4- Wylie, E. B., and Streeter, V. L., Fluid Transients in Systems, Prentice-Hall, 1993.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

48

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon
35

Head Variation due to pumps start

Head Variation due to pumps failure
30

Head (m)

25

20

15

10
0

25

50

Time (Sec.)

Figure (1). Head variation at the raw water pump station without pressure control device.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

49

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

75

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon
26

Head variation due to pumps start

Head variation due to pumps failure

Head (m)

24

22

20

18
0

25

50

Time (Sec.)

Figure (2). Head variation at the raw water pump station with pressure control device.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

50

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

75

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

70

Head Variation due to pumps start

65

Head Variation due to pumps failure

60

Head (m)

55

50

45

40

35

30
0

25

50

Time (Sec.)

Figure (3). Head variation at the finished water pump station without pressure control device.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

51

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

75

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon
60

Head Variation due to pumps start

Head Variation due to pumps failure

Head (m)

55

50

45

40
0

25

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

Time (Sec.)

Figure (4). Head variation at the finished water pump station with pressure control device.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

52

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

4.3 Mechanical Equipment-HAVAC

4.3.1 Introduction
The standard design drawings for processing and non-processing buildings are reviewed and
selected to cope with the new subproject in Wasit. Also, all relevant HVAC system drawings
have been checked for cross references and changed to fit the new set of the drawings for
subproject in Wasit WTP.
Computer programs for calculations of cooling/heating loads and ventilation rates are
developed to check the standard design loads calculations. The cooling and heating loads
calculations for all spaces are performed. In addition, the required ventilation rates for pumps,
chlorination, chemical, rapid gravity filter and other halls are revised. Furthermore, the size
and specifications of a scrubber unit for chlorinating hall is calculated and checked.
The work includes the design criteria and installation systems for air conditioning, heating
and ventilation for various spaces and will be as follows:
The air conditioning, heating and ventilation systems will be designed to meet the criteria
specified below:4.3.2 Design Criteria
4.3.2.1 Cooling
The air conditioned areas comprise the following spaces:-

Non-process building

Selected rooms in processing building

Inside design conditions will be:- 23 oC Dry bulb temperature

- 50 % Relative humidity
- 20 % Fresh air make- up
4.3.2.2 Heating
Heating areas comprise the conditioned spaces listed above and drum stores in the
chlorination stations.
- Conditioned spaces will be heated to maintain a
temperature of 21 oC.
- Drum stores will be heated to maintain a
Temperature of 13 oC.
Heating system will be provided to air conditioned areas by electric heater batteries within the
split air conditioning unit.
Duct inserted electric heater heaters will be provided in drum store in the vicinity of the online drums to maintain a temperature of 13 oC. In addition, a local electric heater will be
provided for workshop building for heating system.
4.3.2.3 Ventilation
The forced ventilation areas comprise the following spaces and criteria:Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

53

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

- Pipe galleries system

6- Air changes/ hour
- Battery room extracts system
13- Air changes/ hour
While mechanical ventilation areas comprise the following
- Generating hall
15 - Air changes/ hour
- Chlorinating building
8- Air changes/ hour
- Pump halls
7- Air changes/ hour
- Workshop system
6- Air changes/ hour
Installation will be designed to operate continuously under limiting conditions for full range
likely meteorological conditions.
4.3.3 Systems
Different systems are used for cooling, heating and ventilation of various spaces in processing
and non-processing buildings of the Wasit water treatment plant. The systems for building
are as follows:4.3.3.1 Cooling system
An individual through the- wall split air conditioning units ( cooling/ heating ) will be
provided for individual rooms that are adequate for simplicity of air-conditioning smaller
spaces.
4.3.3.2 Heating system
Heating system will be provided to air conditioned areas by electric heater batteries within the
split air conditioning unit. In addition, duct inserted electric heaters will be provided in drum
store in the vicinity of the on-line drums and chemical building to maintain a temperature of
13 oC. Also, a local electric heater will be provided for workshop building.
4.3.3.3 Ventilation systems
Ventilation requirements are governed by the building classification and functions. 100 %
outside air is required to make up the air change rate associated with the ventilation
requirements..
Air ventilation system will comprise intake sand trap louvers with insect screen mesh,
extraction devices (axial wall mounted or centrifugal roof mounted fans), damper and ducts in
some applications.
Air extraction device will be by means of high level wall mounted propeller pattern fan units
complete with non-return shutters for forced ventilation.
While, for mechanical ventilation, roof mounted centrifugal type fan unit with suitable nonreturn shutter or cowl will be provided.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

54

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

In addition to the air ventilation specified for chlorinating station, a complete air cleaning
system (scrubber unit) will be provided for removable of chlorine from contaminated exhaust
air following a chlorine leak in the drum store.
4.3.4 Sample of Calculations
4.3.4.1 Non-processing building
A computer program is developed for the calculations of cooling and heating loads for all
spaces in the non-processing building . All the coefficients used in the calculations are based
on ASHRE standards with correction to our ambient conditions (latitude, month,
temperature,..etc.) and with the following conditions.
- Outside Summer: 46 C Dry bulb and 23C Wet bulb.
- Outside Winter:

0C

- Daily temperature range = 19.2C

-Heat transfer coefficients
- Wall : 1.56 W/m2. C
- Roof : 0.65 W/m2. C
- Glass : 5.7 W/m2. C
- Barrier: 3 W/m2. C
- Film coefficients
- Inside wall : 6.23 W/m2. C
- Outside wall: 22.7 W/m2. C
- An air change per hour is chosen as (20) for approved Air Cooler.
- All split units are manufactured for outside temp. = 35 C. Therefore, a correction is made to
estimate the actual load for ambient temperature of 50 oC.
- Load calculations for mechanical maintenance room
a- Heating load
- Heating load calculations showed a load of 11220 watt.
- Heat source from machines = 1800 w
- Net heat required = 9420 w
- Therefore the heating load = 10000w
- (5) Nos. Electric heaters each with capacity of (2 kW) are selected.
b- Cooling load
Due to nature of the work and large volume, an Evaporator Air Cooler is selected for cooling
system of maintenance room as follows:- Room volume = 847 m3
For this zone an air change per hour is chosen as 20 (approved quality Evaporator Air
Cooler)
- Cooling load will be as follows:
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

55

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

= 847 x 20
= 16940 m3/hr
= 9960 CFM
- (2) Nos. Evaporator Air Coolers with 5000 CFM each are selected.
- Load calculation for conditioned zones
A computer program is developed for calculation of cooling load for various zones in nonprocessing building. The calculations are based on the design criteria and the correction
procedure to fit the ambient temperature of 50 oC. The computer output shows the details of
the calculations and cooling loads for other zones are shown in the attached table.
4.3.4.2 Process buildings
The process buildings comprise pumps halls, rapid gravity filter, chemical, chlorine buildings
and other associated buildings. These buildings are provided with ventilation system thought
fan extraction units and sand trap filters. A computer program is developed for calculation of
ventilation loads for various spaces. The result of sample calculation is shown in computer
output. Loads for others zones are calculated and checked.
4.3.5 The Changed Drawings:
The drawing No. (13-299-5600) shows the technical information about the HAVC
equipment used in the WTP. The following units are not found in above drawing.
1-

EUW-90-1003 & CU-90-1021

2-

EUW-90-1002 & CU-90-1022

3-

EUW-90-1003 & CU-90-1023

4-

EUW-80-1001 & CU-80-1021

5-

EXF-80-1001

6-

EXF-80-1002

Electrical Building MCC

Chemical Building

So, these units are added in the table with their technical information ( split unit type,
capacity, power, voltage, phase .etc)
4.3.6

Bill of Quantities:

The bill of quantities is revised, checked and changed accordingly to fit the supplied
drawings.
4.3.7

Specifications:

The specifications of all HVAC system equipment are checked based on the load calculations
and requirements.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

56

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Summary of Cooling Load Calculations for non-processing building

Building
Admini.

Mainten.

3-BR

2-BR

2-BR

Guard
RWPS

RGF
Chemical
Electrical
TWPS

Zone
02
08
11
12,13
14
17
07
09
10
03
06
07
08
10
11
B07
B03
B06
B08
B11
A03
A06
A07
A08
A10
02
05
Main Switch
Operator
Panels
Control
MCC
Main Switch
Panels
Admin.
Elect.

Total Heat
(Watt)

Total Heat
(Btu/hr)

GTH
(Btu/hr)

19628
12568
12009
12673
11170
22155
8592
7016
3169
6533
4822
5512
4499
5422
4485
3918
5429
3255
5248
5797
5762
5101
3918
3255
5429
3028
2562
16800
4700
9900
12400
12600
2300
16600
10900
1800
8600

66931
42731
40050
43088
38092
75548
29298
23924
10815
22277
16464
18812
15355
18505
15307
13372
18529
11101
17911
19709
19648
17409
13372
11101
18529
10334
8744
57120
15980
33660
42160
42840
7820
56440
37060
6120
29240

83664
53413
51186
53860
47615
94436
36623
29905
13518
27846
20580
23515
19193
23131
19133
16715
23161
13876
22388
24636
24560
21761
16715
13876
23161
12917
10930
59976
19176
35679
46376
46695
9384
59800
40700
8000
35088

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

57

Selected
Capacity
(Btu/hr)
3x30000
2x30000
2x30000
2x30000
1x48000
2x48000
2x22300
2x22300
1x22300
1x30000
1x22300
1x30000
1x22300
1x30000
1x22300
1x22300
1x30000
1x22300
1x30000
1x30000
1x30000
1x30000
1x22300
1x22300
1x30000
1x18000
1x22300
2x30000
1x23200
1x36000
2x23800
2x23800
1x12000
2x30000
1x42000
1x12000
2x18000

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Admin. Building
SUBJECT

HVAC

Sample of Calculations

ZONE NAME: office

Wasit WTP
COMPUTED

DATE

30/6/2007

CHECKED

DATE

06/01/2007

(3). Modern Air Conditioning Practice, 2nd Edition.

(4). ASHRAE STANDARD 62-1989

REFERENCES
(1). ASHRAE FUNDAMENTALS 2001.
(2). ASHRAE FUNDAMENTALS 1997.
DESIGN DATA
Maximum DB
C
50

(Ref. 1, Ref. 4)
Outside Design Air Temperatures
Maximum WB
C
F

122

23

73.4

Minimum DB
C
F

Daily DB Range
C
F

24

19

75.2

66.2

Inside Design Condition

Air Conditioned Spaces
Min. Temperature
C
23

Ventilated Spaces

Relative
Humidity
%

73.4

30

86

50

Max. Temperature

BUILDING DATA
Surface Conductances and Resistances
Inside Surface

Min. Temperature
C
F
8

46.4

Max. Temperature
C
F
40

(Ref. 1, Table 1 on pg. 25.2)

Surface Type

Surface
Position

Inside Surface

Horizontal
Vertical

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

58

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

hi (W/m2.oC)
9.26
8.29

Ri (oC.m2/W)
0.108
0.121

104

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Outside Surface
Surface Type
Outside Surface

Surface
Position

hi (W/m2.oC)

Ri (oC.m2/W)

Any

22.70

0.04

summer

Thermal Properties

Item

Roof

Exposed Walls

Gypsum Plaster
Concrete
Cement Morter
Asphalet
Insulation Styrafoam
Sand
Concrete Tile
Gypsum Plaster
Brick
Cement Morter

Thickness

Conductivity

Resistance

ka

Rb

mm

m.

W.m/m2.oC

20
200
20

0.020
0.200
0.020
1.000
0.500
0.100
0.040
0.020
0.025
0.020

0.81
1.37
0.72
97.5
0.517
1.83
0.76
0.81
0.72
0.72

100
40
20
25
20

Ud

Total Resistance
R c (oC.m2/W)

C.m2/W

W/m2.oC

Rsummer

0.025
0.146
0.028
0.010
0.967
0.055
0.053
1.000
0.035
0.450

Usummer

1.44

0.697

1.65

0.606

ZONE DIMENSIONS
Length

Width

Height

Volume

Room

ft

ft

ft

m3

ft3

Zone

8.50

27.9

4.50

14.8

3.50

###

134

4727

COOLING LOAD CALCULATION BY CLTD/SCL/CLF METHOD FOR AIR CONDITIONED SPACES

Construction Data
W/m2.oC (Ref. 1,
6.42
Uwindow =
Table 4 on pg. 30.8)
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

59

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Cooling Load from Heat Gain through Exposed Roof, Walls, Doors and Conduction through Galss
Equation: q = UA(CLTDCORR.)
Section

m2

Net A
Roof
NE wall
NW wall
SE wall
SW wall

1
0
0
1
0

Where:

U-Factor (W/m2.oC)

CLTD
o
C

LM

0.697
0.606
0.606
0.606
0.606

16
10
8
12
8

0.50
-0.50
0.00
0
0

28
21
40
29.75
0

Corr. CLTD = ((CLTD + LM) K + (25.5 - ti) + (tm - 29.4)) C

LM = alitute correction

K = darkness correction

Corr.
CLTD
o
C

Ref. for CLTD (Ref.2,Chap.28)

1.00
40
Table 30, Roof 1
0.85
35
Table 32, Wall 5
0.85
24
Table 32, Wall 5
0.85
39.4
0.85
33
Table 32, Wall 1
F=ventilation correction through
falsh ciling
tm = mean outdoor
temperature

Heat Load Through Glass

Conduction Cooling Load Through Glass
q = A U CLTDcorr
Section
m2

Net A
Windows
Solar Cooling Load Through Glass
Equation: q = A(SC)(SCL)(SHGmax)
where

W/m2.oC

6.42

Corr.
CLTD
o
C
27

SC= shading factor,SCL=solar cooling load factor

Windows
NE window

m2

Net A
0

SC

SCL

SHGmax

0.64

0.81

445

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

60

Cooling Load
W

Cooling
Load
Btu/h

1040

3547

SHGmax = soler heat gain

Ref. for SCL,
SC and SHGmax
Cooling
(Ref. 2, Chapter
Load W
Cooling Load Btu/h
28)
Table 36,
0
on pg. 28.50

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

NW window
SE window
SW window

0
0
6

0.64
0.64
0.64

0.81
0.81
0.81

445
571
571

0
0
1776
1776

Cooling Load From People

Equation:
qsensible = N(Sensible heat gain)CLF
qlatent = N(Latent heat gain)
N = number of people in space
Sensible and latent heat gain from occupancy - Ref. 1, Table 1 on pg. 29.4
CLF = Cooling load factor, by hour of occupancy - Ref. 2, Table 29 on pg.28.40

Where

Sensible Heat

12

latent Heat W

90

CLF

95

qsensible

1.0

1080

Cooling Load from Heat Gain through Lights

Equation: q = WFulFsa(CLF)
W

Ful

Factor

Fsa

CLF

q
(W)

q
(Btu/h)

720
3.41
1
1.2
1
864
2946
Cooling Load from Infiltration Air
Infiltration through wall surface is neglected as insignificant.
To calculate the infiltration through doors, estimate 100 ft3 per person per door passage (Ref. 2 on pg. 28.34).
Further estimate each door use is at 2 persons hour.
74.40 L/s
Qinfiltration = 2 x 100 /( 60 *
qsensible = 1.22Q(to - ti)
2.118 =
qlatent = 2940Q(Wo-Wi)
Q

L/s
74.40
74.40

Factor
1.22
2940

Oc

kg(water)/kg(dry
air)

27
0.0010

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

61

q
W
2451
219

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

q
Btu/h
8357
746

qlatent
W
1140

Cooling
Load W
2220

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Cooling load from equipment

Equipment
Cooling Load
1000
1
Summary of Cooling Load Calculations

item
Roof
Exposed surfaces
Glass
Equipment
People
Lights
Infiltration
Subtotal
Grand Total Load
Summary of Cooling Load Calculations

Sensible Cooling
Load W

Latent Cooling Load

780
1161
3996
1000
1080
864
2451
2451
11332

Sensible Cooling Load Btu/h

219
1359
1359

Total Cooling Load 1.1

13960

3887
746
4633
9267

Total Cooling
Load
Btu/h

Total Cooling Load

Ton

47602

3.97

EQUPIMENT SELECTION
The load calculation is based on 46C temperaure outside condtion.
Equipment design is based on 35 C ambinent temperature
Total Load will
be=
Meter/Ton=

4.96

Tons

0.130
59503

Select Unit with 21950 Btu/h

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

62

Latent Cooling Load

Btu/h

2661
3958
13626
3410
3683
2946
8357
8357
38641

1140

Total Cooling
Load
W
12690

Room
Zone

Cooling Load Btu/h

3410

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

Btu/h

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Nos. of Units=

AIR REQUIREMENTS FOR AIR CONDITIONED SPACES

Sensible-Heat Factor (SHF):
SHF = (Sensible Heat)/(Total Heat) =

0.89

Room Apparatus Dew Point (ADP):

Using the Psychrometric Chart with the room design condition of 32oC DB, 50% RH,
o
ADP =
11.5
C
Bypass Factor (BPF):
BPF
=

Assuming cooling coil bypass factor

Required Airflow (Qsupply):

Q=

0.1

(Ref. 4)

RSH
1.228(1BPF)(tr ADP)1000

Where

Qsupply =

0.897

m3/s

Qsupply =
CFM/Ton=
Fresh Air=

1900
383
190

Cfm

701

RSH = room sensible heat

tr = room air temperature, oC

CFM Each
Unit

CFM

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

63

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Sample of Calculations

SUBJECT

PROJECT NAME:

COMPUTED

DATE

24/5/2007

Chlorinating B.

CHECKED

DATE

28/5/2007

Drum Store

Ventilation System

Wasit WTP

REFERENCES
(1). ASHRAE FUNDAMENTALS 2001.

(5). ASHRAE STANDARD 62-1989

(2). ASHRAE FUNDAMENTALS 1997.

(6). Section 01960 - Architectural Criteria.

(3). Layout Plans Printed out from ProjectWise.

(7). Section 01970 - Mechanical Design .

(4). Modern Air Conditioning Practice, 2nd Edition.

DESIGN
DATA

(Ref. 1and Ref. 7)

Outside Design Air Temperatures
Maximum WB
C
F

Maximum DB
C
F
46

115

24

75

Inside Design Condition

Air Conditioned Spaces
Min. Temperature
C
F
8

46.4

Max. Temperature
C
F
23

Minimum DB
C
F
8

46

Ventilated Spaces
Relative
Min.
Humidity
Temperature
%
C
F

73

50

Daily DB Range
C
F
19.2

66.56

Max. Temperature
C
F

46.4

40

104

ROOM DIMENSIONS
Ventilated Spaces
Length
Room
Chlorinating Building

Width

Height

Volume
3

ft

ft

ft

ft3

18.00

59.8

10.90

35.8

6.00

19.7

1177

41567

AIR REQUIREMENTS BASED ON AIR CHANGES

(Air Required = Volume x Number of air changes per hour / 60)
Ventilated Spaces

ft3

# of air changes
per hour

Air
Required
cfm

Air Required
+ 10%
cfm

41567

5542

6374
6374

Volume
Room
Chlorinating Building
Total

EQUIPMENT
SELECTION
The Chlorinating building will be provided with one Exhuast Ventilator
Select Centrifugal Exhaust Ventilator, Roof Mounted, Belt Drive
Required Unit Numbers
Unit with Capacity of
Intake Louvers:
Select Sand Trap Louver.

1
6374

CFM

3009

l/s

2700

l/s

HEATING LOAD CALCULATION

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

64

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Heat Required

Q
Q= 1.22xVol. Flow
Rate ( m3/s)x Chang in Temp.(C)
kW

47.7
0.2
F.S
Tatal Heat Required
The selected capacity is recommended
Buildings
Chlorinaing

WWHT
TWPS
Raw Water P.S
Chemical
Rapid Filter

57.27

kW

Summary of Ventilation Rates

Areas
Flow Rate L/s
Chlorinator Room
90
Equipment Room
132
Drum Store
2700
Pump Station Room
995
Pump Station Room
1110
Pump Station Room
1290
Poly Room
700
Alum Bag Storage
2780
Backwash P. Room
540

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

65

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

4.4 Mechanical Equipment - Safety Systems

4.4.1 Chlorine Scrubber System
4.4.1.1 Design Criteria
In case of a major leak in the drum store room, gas will be extracted to a caustic scrubber. The
proprietary system consists of a three-stage chemical absorption scrubber system consisting of
a horizontal cross-flow spray system followed by two horizontal cross-flow packed bed
sections. An induced draft fan pulls vapors through the scrubber, where intimate contact with
the re-circulating caustic solution results in the complete absorption and removal of chlorine
vapors. A high efficiency mist eliminator located in the gas stream, prior to the exhaust, to
remove any residual caustic solution.
The Scrubber system package consists of the following major components:

Three Stage Scrubber Absorber

Integral Caustic Storage Tank

Air Exhaust Fan

Caustic Re-circulating Pump

Electrical starter panels and control panel

Local system piping

Gas Analyzers and Alarms

Stack c/w weather cover and rain hat

4.4.1.2 Operation
The Scrubber system shall be integrated into the Chlorine Building gas detection and
ventilation system. The anticipated system operation [subject to the particular suppliers
operation and HSE guidelines] shall be briefly as follows:
1. Should chlorine gas be detected by the sensors at concentrations greater than the
recommended sustained exposure threshold [0.5ppm] but less than 3ppm, the low level air
extraction system would be initiated, the building evacuated, and the vapours discharged to
atmosphere via the high level ducting system. When gas concentration levels have reduced to
below the exposure threshold, operations can re-commence.
2. Should chlorine gas be detected by the sensors at high concentrations [>3mg/l], an
Emergency Alarm would be sounded. On alarm conditions all persons would be evacuated
from the building and the low-level air extraction and associated louvers would be
automatically closed, thus containing the chlorine vapours. Site emergency procedures would
be initiated.
The high-level air inlet louver should be opened and the Gas Scrubber started. Once
concentration levels have significantly reduced to less than 3mg/l for a sustained period, the
gas scrubber would be shut down. The chlorine detector or manual remote start switch will
activate the system in two steps. The caustic pump is activated first to permit proper wetting
of packing in the scrubber stages before starting the exhaust fan, with a 0-5 second adjustable
time delay. The time delay would be typically set for 3-5 seconds. This feature will allow the
scrubber to be ready prior to passing any chlorine-laden gases through it. The exhaust fan will
be placed downstream of the scrubber. This feature will allow the complete system to be
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

66

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

under negative pressure until the gases are completely scrubbed. The absorber would be
placed on top of the caustic storage tank, which is an integral part of the system. Secondary
containment of the caustic will be by means of a concrete bund covered within the Civil
works. The technical specifications of Chlorine Gas Scrubber are given below.
Storage Gas

Chlorine

Capacity

1 Ton

Leak Rate

45 kg/min

Flash Rate

45 kg/min

Ventilation Rate

5000 cfm

Estimated Inlet Concentration

180.787 ppm

Max. Allowable Outlet

3 ppm

Min. Allowable Removal Efficiency

99.9972

Caustic Requirements

7.949 liters

4.4.2 Fire Hydrant

The fire hydrant system will be provided for external fire fighting as a safety system.
Fire hydrant outlets will be distributed all around the water treatment plant with a complete
piping network system.
Underground fire hydrants and their surface boxes shall conform to an approved Standard and
to the requirements of the appropriate local authority responsible for fire fighting. Gate valves
are specified within this section. Screw down hydrants shall have stainless steel, high tensile
brass or aluminum bronze spindles and gunmetal, high tensile brass, aluminum bronze or diecast brass spindle nuts and body seating. Screw-down valve seats shall be of the resilient type.
Valve bodies and duck foot bends shall be of cast grey or ductile iron. Stem caps shall be of
cast iron and suitable for tee key operation. Screwed outlets shall be of gunmetal, die-cast
brass or high-tensile brass and shall be supplied with a plastic cap connected with a
galvanized chain or other approved flexible device. Hydrants shall have a pressure rating of
25 bar unless otherwise detailed and shall show no visible leakage when pressure tested in
accordance with the approved Standard.
4.4.3 Fire Extinguishers

The fire protective measures for the building shall comprise of (1) providing portable
fire extinguishers (2) hydraulic hose reels with packaged pump sets.

The lay-out as specified, workmanship and materials of pipes and fittings shall
conform to the National fire protection standards and/or the relevant BS: codes of
practice CP: 402 and its parts.

Portable fire extinguishers of the specified type and weight shall be sited as directed
by the Engineer in prominent positions on exit routes in such a way that no person
need travel more than 30 m.

The extinguishers shall be supporting, the handles are 1.00 m above floor level, and
shall be fixed in similar positions on each floor.

All similar extinguishers in building shall be of the same method of operation.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

67

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The hose shall be of red rubber 19 mm/25mm smooth hose or of the specified size
with a working pressure of ( 50 Ibs /sq. in ) and of the specified length from 18.30 36.60 m terminating in 6.4 mm nozzles as specified.

The hose reel and cabinets should be fixed so that the centre is between 765 mm and
1370 mm above floor levels.

An adjustable type pressure reducer shall be provided between the hose and standpipe
to protect the hose against excessive pressure beyond 50 psi.

The installation of the system shall closely follow the construction of the building to
provide protection during the construction period.

Positions for inlets should under all circumstances be electrically earthed and be
contained in a glass fronted box, complying with BS: 3980.

The system shall be of carbon dioxide and ABC powder according to the standard
codes and regulations.

4.4.4 Emergency Showers

This system is used as an emergency system against the hazard of the chemical materials
such as chlorine and alum.
Emergency Safety showers shall be provided as follows:

Outside adjacent to the Gas Scrubber area of the Chlorination Building.

Outside adjacent to the drum store of the Chlorination Building

Within the Chemical Building

They shall all be complete with header tank, heater and eye bath in accordance with ANSI
2358.0-1998 and the specification detailed herein.
The showers shall be provided with:

Walk on platform with panic bar

Volt free contact remote alarm facility indicating safety shower in use

Water break tank with twin ball float valves and 220 Volt thermostatically

Controlled heater

Volt free contact remote alarm facility indicating tank low level

Electrical junction boxes IP66 rated

Eye bath, Located on the left hand side of the shower units and accessed from the front

Mounting brackets

Special maintenance tools

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

68

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

5. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
5.1 Introduction
The electrical works, referred to, in this report include the electrical installation for the whole
project, the site lighting, the electrical substation for the raw water intake and the electrical substation
for the water treatment plant.

5.2 Scope of Work

The electrical works include lighting, general purpose outlets, power outlets, earthing, telephone,
computer network, and fire alarm system for each individual building, cabling, conduiting, site
lighting and the substations required for the project.

5.3 Design Criteria and Parameters

5.3.1 Compliance with Regulations and Standards
The entire electrical installation and components shall, unless otherwise stated specially or
mentioned in the associated tender drawings comply with the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.

British Standard specifications.

British standard codes of practice.
IEE regulations and the IEEE recommendations.
The International Electro technique Committee (IEC).
Iraqi Electrical authority regulations.
Iraqi Telecom. Authority regulations.
Local Bye-Laws.

5.3.2 The Incoming Supply

The incoming supply is an 11 kV, 50 Hz, 3phaze and the switchgear shall exhibit the following
rated values:

Rated voltage
Rated frequency
Rated short time current (1 Sec)
Impulse withstand voltage
Rated power frequency withstand
Nominal interrupting capacity

12kV
50Hz
25kA
75kV peak
28kV/1 min
500 MVA

5. 3.3 Transformer

The Transformers shall posses the following:

Phase frequency
3/50 Hz
Connection
Delta/star with the neutral point solidly earthed
Vector group
Dyn 11
Nominal voltage ratio
11kV-416/240V
Tapping : HV off Load
at2X2.5 %
Cooling
ONAN

5.4 Methodology
For each individual building, the lighting system was designed according to the code for lighting,
CIBSE. For all installations the voltage drop in wires and cables have been calculated according to the
IEE wiring regulation, and found to be within the accepted limits.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

69

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

5.5 Sample of calculations

5.5.1 Load Estimate
The electrical load for each individual building was calculated through the calculation of lighting
load, outlets load and the individual equipment load, these loads are indicated in the form of a board
schedule.
Example 1 calculation for outlet and equipment load
For a 6 kW workshop equipment,
Taking a power factor of 0.75, this would require 8 kVA, and this my be represented by an outlet
(TPN) of rating 3x 2.67 kVA.
Similarly for a 3 kW workshop equipment,
There is a need for a TPN outlet of rating 3x1.33 kVA.
Now, inspecting panel board ELE.MDP2-12.1001, one could see
1. CKT 16, 17, 18, supply a 3x2.67 kVA outlet which represent a 6 kW equipment.
2. CKT 13, 14, 15 supply a 3x1.33 kVA outlet which represent a 3 kW equipment.

PANELBOARD: ELE.MDP2-12.1001

BUS AMPS: 225 A

LOCATION: MAINTENANCE

MAIN BKR AMPS: 150 A

BLDG (RM NO 8)

11.92

---

10.27

---

9.8

ELE.DP2-12.1002

12.55

---

13.73

---

13.65

TPN OULET

1.33

---

1.33

---

1.33

TPN OULET

1.33

---

1.33

---

1.33
27.13

26.66

26.11

PHASE LOAD
33.8

33.33

32.78

CKT

BKR

BKR

ELE.DP1-12.1001

kVA
A

PHASE: 3PH

MOUNTING: SURFACE
CKT

LOAD
DESCRIPTION

VOLTS: 230/400V

50

15

13

3P

3P

14

WIRE: 4W
kVA
A

1.33

TPN OULET
1.33

15

60

20

16

3P

3P

17

6
15

20

19

3P

3P

20

2.67

15

20

22

11

3P

3P

23

12

2.67

--2.67

2.67

--TPN OULET

2.67

--2.67

0.0

--SPARE

0.0

24
TOTAL

--TPN OULET

21

10

--1.33

18

LOAD
DESCRIPTION

--0.0

6.67

6.67

6.67

TOTAL LOAD
99.91 kVA

Example 2 calculation for lighting load

For Site lighting
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

70

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

---

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Consider panel board ELE.DP1-10.1001 CKT 1, 2, 3,

Now this CKT feeds a three 80 W HPMV lamps, Which represent 3x0.160 kVA load, on the basis of a
0.5 power factor for such luminaire.

PANELBOARD: ELE:DP1-10.1001

BUS AMPS: 60 A

LOCATION: SITE

VOLTS: 230/400V

MAIN BKR AMPS: 32 A

PHASE: 3PH

MOUNTING: FLOOR

0.16

---

0.16

---

0.16

SITE LIGHTING

0.32

---

0.32

---

0.32

SITE LIGHTING

---

---

1
1.48

1.48

1.48

PHASE LOAD
2.98

2.98

2.98

CKT

BKR

BKR

SITE LIGHTING

kVA

CKT

LOAD
DESCRIPTION

10

20

10

3P

3P

11

WIRE: 4W
kVA
A

SITE LIGHTING

1.5
1.5

12

10

20

13

3P

3P

14

LOAD
DESCRIPTION

--1.5

0.0

--SPARE

0.0

15

--0.0

---

10

16

BLANK

3P

17

---

18

---

9
TOTAL

1.5

1.5

1.5

TOTAL LOAD
8.94 kVA

The other boards schedules are included in drawings (13-232-6011, 13-232-6012, 13-232-6013, 13232-6014, 13-232-6015, 13-232-6016 & 13-232-6017).
The size of wires and cables required have been chosen according to the IEE regulation. It should be
appreciated that the important factor in this choice, namely, the voltage drop is calculated and checked
to be within the accepted limits. Sample of calculation for voltage drop is shown in section 5.5.2. The
cable and wire sizes for the individual building are shown on the relevant drawings. The sizes of the
main cables are shown on the cable schedules (drawings No. 13-232-6032, 13-232-6033, 13-2326034, 13-232-6035, 13-232-6036, 13-232-6037, 13-232-6038, 13-232-6039, 13-232-6040, 13-2326041, 13-232-6042 & 13-232-6043 ).

5.5.2 Voltage Drop Calculation

1. The following equations are obtained to calculate voltage drop across the conductor cable:
A. For a single phase circuit:
V% =

2 (Sxl)
xAxVs2

x 100% ..(1)

B. For a three phase circuit:

V% =

3Sxl
xAxVs

x 100% ..(2)

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

71

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

This voltage drop should not exceed 1.5% for the farthest load unit to the distribution board, as shown
through the entire examples.
Where:
V%: Voltage drop percentage.
S: Apparent power [VA] per phase
l :Length of cable [m].
A: Cross sectional area of cable [mm 2 ].

: Cupper Conductivity [m / . mm 2 ].
Vs: Voltage [V].
Throughout this project, A and values are as the following:
A: - 4.0 mm2 (For power circuits)
- 2.5 mm2 (For lighting circuits)

: 56 m / . mm 2 (cupper conductors)
2. Alternatively, the voltage drop may be calculated through the use of the tabulated voltage drop
values, taken from the reference below.
Reference:
Requirement for Electrical Installations-IEE wiring regulation-sixteenth edition BS 7671:2001.
3. Calculation Results
Example 1: Consider the lighting circuit number (4) RWI Raw Water Intake building, which is
presented as shown below. (Units are presented as load and cable length).

22.1
Single phase line

ELE.DP1-20.1002

130 VA

V% =

2 ( Sxl )

xAxVs2

x 100%

2 x130 x 22.1
x 100%
56 x 2.5 x 230 2

= 0.077 < 1.5 %

0

This may be corrected for a conductor temperature of 70 C , and the result would be V%=
0.093< 1.5 %
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

72

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The alternative method would give V%= 0.087

So it is safe to use the design
Example 2: Consider the power circuit number (10,11,12) WWHT Waste water Holding Tank/
Pumping Station, which is presented as shown below. (Units are presented as load and cable length).
ELE.DP1-70.1001

Single line diagram

8.5

4.7

3.3 KVA

V% =

3Sxl
xAxVs2

x 100%

3 x1100 x13.2
x 100%
56 x 4 x 230 2

= 0.21 < 1.5 %

0

This may be corrected for a conductor temperature of 70 C , and the result would be V%=
0.25
The alternative method would give V%= 0.24
So it is safe to use the previous design

5.5.3 Indoor Lighting Calculations

To calculate the illumination level in any space, the following formula may be used,
E=

n..u.m
A

Where E= illumination level in lux

n= number of light fittings used

= luminous flux per light fitting in lumens

u = utilization factor
m = maintenance factor
A= area of working place.
For the non-process building, it is considered acceptable to assume, in general u= 0.6
, m= 0.8.
The values obtained are tabulated as:

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

73

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Bld No.

Room No.

Lumen per
Fittings

No. of
Fittings

Area m2

Illumination
Lux

12+13

4*1350

45

346

17

1350

42

35.4

769

14

1350

23

24.38

611

4*1350

32.77

475

4*1350

12

61.41

506

08

2*3350

18

81

714

07

2*3350

12

52.68

732

11

12
Reference:

Code for lighting, CIBSE, Society of light and lighting

5.6 Drawings

The total number of relevant drawings dealt with is 166

a- Those which have been checked and found to require no change were 87 drawings.
b- Those which have been checked and have required the change of the cross references to other
drawings were fifty eight drawings.
c-Those which have been checked and required some major changes, which relates to telephone single
line diagram, computer network single line diagram and electrical single diagrams, staff residence,
cable schedules and board schedules, were eleven drawings (13-232-6005,13-201-6843, 13-201-6844,
13-232-6006, , 13-232-6008, 13-232-6017,13-232-6043, 13-245-6832, 13-245-6834, 13-245-6836,
13-232-6007 )
d- 10drawings were totally new and relate to the new site boundaries. Those include the treatment
plant site lighting, raw water intake site lighting, the cable routing for both sites, the sites board
schedules, first floor staff residence, Raw water guard house and w.c. for chemical building
(13-201-6001,13-232-6013,13-201-6846,13-245-6838, 13-245-6839, 13-245-6840, 13-245-6841, 13228-6106, 13-228-6107, 13-228-6108)

5.7 Bills of Quantity

The BOQ has been checked and all necessary changes have been made to comply with the
changes in the drawings.
5.8 Specifications

The specifications have been checked and adopted.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

74

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

6. INSTRUMENTATION, CONTROL AND AUTOMATION

6.1 Instrumentation and Controls System
6.1.1 Introduction

A Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system will be employed for the new
Wasit Water Treatment Plant (WTP). The SCADA will be designed around Programmable
Logic Controllers (PLCs) connected to the facility communications network. PC based
Operator Workstations, also connected to the network will provide the operator access to the
process via the Human-Machine Interface (HMI) graphical software package.
The SCADA shall be installed in a distributed manner in that the PLCs will be located
throughout the facility in close proximity to the process equipment they serve.
In addition to the SCADA system, the process control will be supplemented by a range of
Local Control Panels (LCP) and Vendor Control Panels (VCP) that provide local manual back
up control capabilities for the associated process equipment.
6.1.2 Main Process Control Center

The main Process Control Center (PCC) will be located in the Filter Building and allow the
operators access to monitor and control the WTP facility. The PCC shall be equipped with a
main operator console to house Operator Workstations (OWS), and an Operator/Engineering
Workstation (EWS). Two networked printers will support the PCC Workstations with one
serving as a screen printer (color laser) and one serving as an alarm printer (B&W laser). A
modem is supplied for remote access to the SCADA system as well as for an Internet
connection to the facility.
The Operator Workstations shall be Windows-based PCs with the most recent Pentium
processor and furnished with the necessary application software to provide the graphical
interface. The Operator Workstation graphical interface screens allow for monitoring and
control of the various process systems as well as alarm monitoring, trending and report
generation.
The Plant Historian, also located in the main operator console shall collect process data and
archive it at an adjustable time interval. Archive data can be retrieved at the Operator
Workstations to provide trending and log displays. Optical disks shall be provided for longterm data storage. The Plant Historian is a dedicated computer for the role of information
handling and should serve no other function.
The Engineering Workstation will be used for modifications to the PLC ladder logic,
additions/deletions of system database, modifying and building graphic screens, and
monitoring the network status. When this station is not being used in an engineering role it
can be used as a secondary Operator Workstation.
A communication closet will serve as the central location for termination and routing of the
on-premises network and communications wiring systems. The communication closet will
house the network communications cabinet as well as the Uninterruptible Power Supply
(UPS), the telephone point of demarcation and equipment, a load panel for lighting and
receptacle power and miscellaneous ancillary facility support equipment.
6.1.3 Control Network

The Process Control System shall use a state-of-the-art open, distributed control configuration
for maximum reliability, fault-tolerant reliability, expandability, and ease of operation and
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

75

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

maintainability. Local control panels serve as the local input/output (I/O) cabinets as well as
local manual control.
The Control Network shall be a manufacturer standard network that interconnects the
distributed PLCs, operator workstation, engineering workstation at the Process Control
Center.
The control network shall be the PLC manufacturers standard communication configuration.
The network shall consist of CAT5 (copper) for node to node connections.
A bus topology will serve as the backbone for the control network. The bus topology
increases the fail-safety of a network, as communications can be maintained even if a node on
the network fails.
A wireless Ethernet connection shall serve as the link between the main treatment facility and
the remotely located Raw Water Pump Station.
6.1.4 Local Control Panels

Local input/output (I/O) is handled using rack mounted I/O modules connected to the
respective PLC processor. Analog and discrete process signals from the field are connected to
the I/O modules for inclusion to the SCADA monitoring and control system.
Each Local Panel equipped with a PLC shall be fed power from an UPS located in the
respective LCP. Equipment shall be properly grounded for minimal interference from
electrical noise.
The LCPs shall be connected to the facility communications network by means of copper
cable in a bus (drop) configuration.
The facility is serviced by six (6) local control panels that are each fitted with a PLC. Each
cabinet shall contain the respective PLC chassis and components as required. The hardware
includes a PLC processor module, a communication module, a power supply, UPS and
assorted input/output (I/O) modules. All wiring from the field devices to the I/O cabinet shall
be terminated on terminal blocks in the lower portion of the enclosure.
The six local control panels and their associated process areas are as outlined below.
Reference drawing 13/200/7106 for details relating to the SCADA system arrangement.
6.1.5

Distributed PLCs

PLC-RWPS and its associated hardware is located in local panel RW.P-20.1000

LCP, Raw Water Pump local control panel, reference drawing 13/200/7205. This
PLC serves all I/O points associated with the Raw Water Pump Station and is
connected to the main facility communication network via a wireless serial modem.

PLC-RGF and the associated hardware is located in local panel FTR.CC-40.1000

LCP, Filter Area Control Cabinet, reference drawing 13/200/7220. This PLC serves
all I/O points associated with Filters 1 through 5, Air Scour Blowers, Backwash
Water, Flocculation/Clarifiers and the In-line Chemical Disperser. This cabinet is
connected directly to the main facility communication network via copper cable.

PLC-WW and its associated hardware is located in local panel WW.P-70.1000 LCP,
Wastewater local control panel, reference drawing 13/200/7250. This PLC serves all
I/O points associated with the Wastewater tanks and pumps. This cabinet is
connected directly to the main facility communication network via copper cable.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

76

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

PLC-CB and its associated hardware is located in local panel ALS.MX-81.1000

LCP, Alum local control panel, reference drawing 13/200/7255. This PLC serves all
I/O points associated with the Alum make up and feed system, the future RO
building and the future Polyelectrolyte Chemical System. This cabinet is connected
directly to the main facility communication network via copper cable.

PLC-CLB and its associated hardware is located in local panel CL.CLR-81.1000

LCP, Chlorine Area Control Cabinet, reference drawing 13/200/7205. This PLC
serves all I/O points associated with the Chlorine make up, feed system and scrubber
system. This cabinet is connected directly to the main facility communication
network via copper cable.

PLC-TW and its associated hardware is located in local panel TW.P-60.1001 LCP,
Treated Water Pump local control panel, reference drawing 13/200/7265. This PLC
serves all I/O points associated with the Treated Water Pumps, Treated Water Pump
Storage Tank, Elevated Storage Tank, Electrical Generator and Service Water
Pumps. This cabinet is connected directly to the main facility communication
network via copper cable.

6.2 Local/Remote control

Equipment furnished with an L-O-R mode selector will provide local control from the LCP
start and stop pushbuttons or remote control from the PLC. When remote control is selected,
this can be either automatic PLC based control from PLC software algorithms (Hand-OffAuto) or, if selected at a workstation, operator manual control from the SCADA workstations.
When a piece of equipment requires a mode changed i.e. from Local to Remote or Hand to
Auto then that piece of equipment first should be stopped. Changing modes on the fly may
result in a highly undesirable scenario of operation and should be avoided.
Equipment with PLC control and monitoring will be equipped with an L-O-R mode selector
switch and those with PLC monitoring only have an H-O-A mode selector switch where
applicable.
For PLC controlled equipment, place the LOR in the Local (L) mode and the control will be
via the LCP start/stop pushbuttons, Off (O) the equipment will be stopped and in Remote (R)
mode the control will be via the associated PLC/HMI.
For equipment without PLC control, place the H-O-A in the Hand (H) mode and the control
will be via the LCP start/stop pushbuttons, Off (O) the equipment will be stopped and in Auto
(A) mode the control will be via the field interlocks, i.e. level switches, pressure switches, etc.
6.3 General Guidelines for Control Logic

NOTE: Common functions that are generally applicable to all controls or to many similar
controls are described below as "General Control Functions." These functions are not repeated
in the descriptions for each individual control strategy. The following general control
functions shall be provided as outline below.
The I/O listing document shall be referenced and used in conjunction with the control
descriptions.
The project instrument list shall be referenced and used in conjunction with the control
descriptions.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

77

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

6.3.1 General Control Loop Functions

The following terms are used in the descriptions of control functions:

(1)
Operator Setting / Adjustable: Operator set, entered or adjustable values shall be
constants that are modifiable from the operator displays entry field. Example of operator set
or entered values is controller set points. Specific variables that are required to be operator set
are noted in the process control descriptions.
(2)
Tunable Values: Tunable values are constants that are adjustable at engineer level
displays without requiring any software reconfiguration. These values are not adjustable from
operator level displays. Examples are alarm trip points, start/stop level setpoints, etc.
A.
There are several control modes available for operating the water treatment plant
systems, sub-systems and their associated equipment as outlined below:

Local manual mode shall be defined as controls local to the specific equipment for
maintenance purposes that will directly operate the equipment.

Remote shall be defined as controls remote from the specific equipment for
operational purposes that will directly operate the equipment.

Remote Automatic shall be defined as controls remote from the specific equipment for
operational purposes that will automatically operate equipment after operator prompting, i.e.
setpoint entry, mode selection, initiation, etc.
A.

All motors shall be monitored for their associated run, stopped and fault status. When
the SCADA initiates a run command, the PLC logic shall monitor the running status
feedback from the motor starter and produce a FAULT alarm if the field feedback
doesnt correspond with the status of the command issued from the PLC. A nominal
delay of 15 seconds shall be built into each logic statement allowing the field device
time to comply with the PLC command.

B.

All automatic control valves with limit switch position feedback shall be monitored for
their associated open, closed and fault status. When the SCADA initiates an
open/close command, the PLC logic shall monitor the position feedback from the
control valves and produce a failure alarm if the field feedback doesnt correspond
with the status of the command issued from the PLC. A nominal delay of 60 seconds
shall be built into each logic statement allowing the field device time to comply with
the PLC command.

C.

All analog control loops shall have a standard PID controller incorporated into the
graphic screen. The PID controllers shall include as a minimum, bar graphs for
setpoint, process variable and percent output, poke points for auto/manual mode
selection and a field to enter the setpoint value and percent output value. The PID
controller operator interfaces graphic shall include but not limited to, the following
functions:

AUTO/MANUAL mode selection. In AUTO, the output of the controller shall be

based on the PID control calculation. In MANUAL, the output of the controller
shall be operator adjustable. Transfer between operational modes shall be bumpless.

LOCAL/REMOTE set point selection. In LOCAL, the set point shall be operator
adjustable. In REMOTE, the set point shall be adjustable from a REMOTE set
point input.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

78

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Set point, process variable, and controller output shall be displayed.

A. All PID control algorithms shall monitor the discrepancy between the process
setpoint and the actual process variable. A deviation of +/- 10% between setpoint
and process variable shall generate a deviation alarm alerting the operator to the
problem.
B. All analog inputs shall have an instrument Out Of Range alarm when the input is
below 3.8 mADC or above 20.5 mADC (tunable) for an adjustable amount of time,
initially set at 20 seconds.
C. All discrete FAULT inputs shall be alarmed. Other discrete inputs shall be alarmed
as noted in the control strategy descriptions.
D. Where alarms are specified in the control strategy descriptions, alarms shall be
initiated from the applicable inputs. If discrete inputs are not available for a fault
condition, the specified alarms shall be derived from the logic, by internal coils and
contacts.
E. Pressure and flow alarms (PALL, PAL, PAH, PAHH, FAL) that are digital inputs
to the SCADA System shall be programmed as follows. Upon activation of a
pressure switch, the PLC shall confirm the input by use of an internal on-delay
timer with a 15-second pre-set value. When the timers accumulated value equals
the pre-set value (i.e. timed out), then the local logic shall generate the associated
alarm. Typically, pressure and/or flow alarms do not shut the equipment down
unless otherwise noted in the specific control description. When the alarm is
activated, the operator will need to make a decision to remove the alarming
equipment with a back-up unit.
F. All analog inputs shall be trended and recorded on the plant historian.
G. All flow inputs shall be totalized (integrated) and recorded on the plant historian.
All totalized values shall be displayed in the appropriate engineering units.
H. Controls shall be grouped together functionally for ease of operation. Both analog
and discrete functions associated with a piece of equipment or a grouping of
equipment shall be provided on the same graphic display where possible.
I.

Unless otherwise stated, all discrete outputs shall be maintained outputs. For
START/STOP control functions, the control shall issue a RUN command for the
duration of the run time required, then remove the signal when the STOP
command is issued. Reference the Electrical Schematic Diagrams for the specific
requirements.

J.

For equipment that is controlled from the SCADA, a control mode permissive
signal will be inputted to the PLC to indicate that the PLC is allowed to control
the equipment. The SCADA shall monitor the LCP mounted LOR mode selector
switch (LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE) and attempt to control only equipment that is in
the REMOTE mode.

K. For equipment that the SCADA is permitted to control, a FAIL or FAULT alarm
will be initiated if the equipment fails to comply with a PLC command signal
(START, STOP, OPEN, CLOSE) that has been present for more than a tunable
time period. In this event, the output command shall be removed subsequent to the
expiration of the tunable time period.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

79

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

L. All equipment controlled by the SCADA shall NOT re-start automatically, or

when power returns following a power outage unless otherwise indicated in the
specific control strategies. Re-starting of the equipment from one MCC shall be
staggered so that the power system is not overloaded. Equipment restart shall be
prioritized based on the process.
M. When a piece of equipment has been stopped (shutdown) due to an alarm
condition it shall automatically be placed OUT OF SERVICE. After the alarm has
been acknowledged and cleared the operator shall have the capability of placing
the equipment back in service. When equipment is tagged OUT OF SERVICE by
the operator, all associated equipment shall have their alarms inhibited until the
tagged equipment is re-tagged IN SERVICE.
N. When a piece of equipment has been stopped (shutdown) due to an alarm
condition it must be manually acknowledged and cleared by the operator. The
PLC logic shall be developed such that the particular piece of equipment must be
placed in the Local Mode and run to clear the alarm. The alarm logic shall be
latched by the alarm and unlatched by the presence of the equipments run signal.
O. When an Emergency Stop pushbutton is initiated locally at the equipment (motor),
the FAULT alarm shall be generated at the operator station graphic display
located at the Process Control Center (PCC) in the Chemical Building. The
Emergency Stop will be developed via the equipment failing to comply with a
PLC command signal or FAULT. The Control Descriptions outline each piece of
equipments operation, use and status. For the sake of repetition, the Control
Descriptions assume that the Emergency Stop pushbutton is in the normal (run)
position.
P. All motors equipped with a motor overload (OL) and/or a single-phase relay
(SPR) for phase loss detection shall generate a respective FAULT alarm for that
piece of equipment. This alarm shall be indicated at the local control panel and the
operator station graphic display located at the Process Control Center (PCC) in the
Chemical Building. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for
requirements of the Fault conditions.
Q. All process water analyzers are connected to the SCADA system via an analog
input module at the respective PLC serving the area. All analyzers shall be
indicated and trended on the operator station graphic display located at the
Process Control Center (PCC) in the Chemical Building. Analyzer points shall be
configured in the PLC logic to alarm on Out of Range conditions. The Out of
Range setpoint shall be determined according to a given deviation from the
desired process value as assigned by facility operations during commissioning.
R. Motor starters shall be energized by a PLC start contact (continuous VAC signal
applied through a dry PLC contact output), which will be latched in the starter.
Motor starters shall be de-energized by the same start signal (continuous 24VAC
signal removed) that will be used to unlatch the condition in the starter.
S. Non- modulating actuated (motorised) valves and penstocks shall be opened by a
PLC open signal, which will be latched in the actuator. Such valves/penstocks
shall be closed by a separate close signal, which will also 0be latched in the
actuator. The actuator will unlatch the output command on reaching end of travel.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

80

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

T. All I/O points shown in the PLC portion of the PIDs shall be incorporated into
the graphic screens as indicated by their function. Appendix A of this document
contains the project I/O listing and shall be referenced and used in conjunction
with the control descriptions.
6.4 SCADA Failure Modes
6.4.1 Workstations:

(a)

Each workstation shall be an independent device with a dedicated network interface.

(b)

A failure of one workstation shall have no effect on other workstation.

(c)
Should all workstations fail, the PLCs shall continue control functions independent of
the workstation status.
6.4.2 PLC

Software watchdog timers, incorporating a heartbeat routine, shall be included to monitor

the condition of the PLC systems and appropriate watchdog and other relays operated if a
fault condition is detected.
The watchdog circuit shall consist of an on/off pulse output from the PLC (typically one
minute on, one minute off) which shall reset a timer circuit. If this timer circuit times out, the
watchdog relay shall be de-energised and the relay output contacts opened. A push button
reset shall be required to reset the watchdog circuit, except after power return following a
power failure, when the circuit shall automatically reset.
(a)

PLC (or processor) failures shall be indicated on SCADA and locally at the PLC.

(b)

Independent watchdog routines shall include, but not be limited to the following:
(i)

Power supply failure to the PLC

(ii)

PLC failure

(iii)

PLC subsection failure

In the event of a PLC subsection failure, the associated PLC outputs shall be disconnected to
ensure that they all fail to a de-energised state.
Hard-wired local control will be required for a any equipment affected by the loss of its
associated PLC as described in following sections of this control philosophy.
6.4.3 Process I/O Modules:

The PLC shall have internal diagnostics that detect and report I/O module failures.
6.4.4 SCADA System Monitoring

A graphic screen will be required for monitoring the SCADA Network, PLC cabinets and I/O
Modules. Any system faults shall be indicated on this graphic screen.
6.4.5 Equipment Re-start

Equipment furnished with a Local-Off-Remote selector switch will have to be re-started after
a utility power outage. This equipment shall be programmed not to automatically re-start after
a loss of power. Equipment furnished with a Hand-Off-Auto selector switch will re-start after
a power outage based on the status of the associated field interlocks, i.e. a level switch is
calling for a pump to rune.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

81

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

6.5 Control Descriptions

Control Descriptions are typically written around a single piece of equipment, i.e. if there are
four Raw Water Pumps the description addresses how Pump No.1 operates and is typical for
Pumps No.2, 3, and 4 unless otherwise noted. In some cases the equipment operates
collectively such as a Lead/Lag configuration in which case the control descriptions will
address this provision.
Fixed and Portable Sump Pump operation is not described in this document. These units are a
vendor-supplied package with an integral float control assembly and local control for
operation of the pump. There are no monitoring requirements for these units and their
function is mainly an operational maintenance procedure.
6.5.1 Raw Water Pump Station

The raw water intake structure is a pier structure with a reinforced concrete deck, steel
support columns and a frame designed to support the steel intake screen assemblies. The pier
is fitted with area lighting and a warning beacon. The screens, which are installed below the
minimum expected river level, are protected from contact by watercraft and large debris by
submerged piles on their upstream sides.
The Raw Water Pumping Station (RWPS) is located on the riverbank. It consists of an aboveground pump room, a below-ground wet well, and electrical room. The pump room is located
above the wet well. The pier structure supporting the intake screens extends out from the bank
into the river. The inlet pipes from the screens terminate in the wet well.
Major equipment housed in the building are the raw water pumps, the screen cleaning air
compressors and air receiver, the substation transformers and the electrical switchgear, the
motor control center (MCC), power panels and local control panels. A standby diesel
generator and fuel storage tank are provided.
The RWPS at Wasit is constructed with four 33%, two-speed pumps to provided raw water to
the Wasit Water Treatment Plant (WTP). The RWPS discharge header is also provided with a
modulating control valve to provide sufficient back pressure to the pumps as outlined below.
Reference Raw Water Process and Instrumentation Diagrams 13/203/7501 and 7502.
The RWPS has the following equipment:
RW.P-20.1010
Raw Water Pump (No1)
RW.P-20.1020
Raw Water Pump (No2)
RW.P-20.1030
Raw Water Pump (No3)
RW.P-20.1040
Raw Water Pump (No4)
RW.MOV-20.1000
RW Motor Operated Pressure Control Valve
The raw water pumping station operation can be remotely monitored and controlled via PLCRWPS and the operator station graphic display located at the Process Control Center (PCC) in
the Chemical Building. The raw water pumping station has full local, manual control.
Local control of the Raw Water Pumping Station is from Panel RW.P-20.1000 LCP located at
the process equipment.
Each raw water pump has a LCP mounted Local-Off-Remote selector switch (20.HS-1010), a
Lead-Lag-Backup selector switch (20.HS-1011), a Fast/Slow selector switch (20.HS-1012), a
Start Pushbutton (20.HMS-1010), a Stop Pushbutton (20.HMS-1011), a Fault status indicator
(20.YA-1010) and a Run status indicator (20.YL-1010), a High Pressure discharge alarm
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

82

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

status indicator (20.PAH-1010), a Low Pressure discharge alarm status indicator (20.PAL1010) and Alarm Reset Pushbutton (20-HMS-1012) for local control and monitoring. Each
raw water pump has local control capabilities from the LCP mounted operator devices as
outlined below:

LOR Selector Switch (20.HS-1030):

Local mode (L), pump can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons located on the
LCP.
Off mode (O), pump cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator station.
Remote mode (R), pump can be started/stopped via the graphical start/stop poke points and
placed in Hand-Off-Auto mode via the graphical H-O-A poke point located on the operator
station graphic display. Additionally, the pump can be controlled by the PLC in the Auto
mode for start/stop, fast/slow and lead/lag/backup operations as outlined below.
LOR switch mode position (20.HS-1030) is displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Lead-Lag-Backup selector switch (20.HS-1011):

Each Raw Water Pump is fitted with a Lead-Lag-Backup selector switch. The position of this
switch is a digital input to the PLC for the control of pumps that are to be placed on line. A
pump placed in the Lead mode will be placed in service first. Should the demand of the water
treatment plant exceed the rating of the lead pump, the PLC will place the Lag pump in
service. Should either the Lead or the Lag pump fail the PLC will replace the failed unit with
the Backup pump.
The Lead-Lag-Backup selector switch function is only effective while in the Remote mode of
operation. The operator must select the appropriate mode for each pump (Lead, Lag or
Backup) with the forth pump placed in the Off position via the LOR Selector Switch.
Fast/Slow selector switch (20.HS-1012):

Fast mode (F), pump can be manually started in the Local mode using the high-speed motor
windings via the start/stop pushbuttons located on the LCP.
Slow mode (S), pump can be manually started in the Local mode using the slow-speed motor
windings via the start/stop pushbuttons located on the LCP.
The operator selectable Fast/Slow selector switch shall be utilized based on river level
conditions as outlined below. In the Remote mode the PLC shall establish the proper speed
for each pump based on river level and externally from this selector switch position.
Start/Stop Pushbuttons (20.HMS-1030 / 1031):

The Local LCP Start pushbutton initiates the hard-wired run command via the pump motor
starter run circuit. The Stop pushbutton unlatches the hard-wired run command via the pump
motor starter run circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of
the start/stop control.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector switch is in the
Local mode (L).

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

83

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The Remote Start/Stop Pushbuttons located on the operator station graphic display perform
the equivalent function as the Local hard-wired Start/Stop Pushbuttons mounted on the LCP
when the Hand-Off-Auto graphical poke point is in the Hand mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector
switch is in the Remote mode (R) and the graphical Hand Off-Auto poke point is in the Hand
mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons initiates the hard-wired run command via the
Pump motor starter run circuit. The PLC discrete output signal (20.HS-1010 fast or 20.HS1011 slow) is energized while the pump is called to run and de-energized when called to stop.
Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the PLC start/stop control.
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
In addition to the pump controls (typical for four units) the Raw Water Pump Station is
equipped with a modulating control valve RW.MOV-20.1000. This control valve is used to
help keep the pumps functioning on their operating curve as required.
Status/Alarm Indication:

Fault alarms (YA) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Fault alarms indication (YA) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Fault
conditions.
Run status (YL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Run status indication (YL) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Run
status indication.
Pressure alarm (PAH/PAL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be
programmed in the PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR
CONTROL LOGIC. Local panel Pressure alarm indication is generated from the hard-wire
logic in the motor starter circuit must be reset with the Alarm Reset Pushbutton (20.HMS1012) to unlatch the hardwire logic. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for
requirements of the Fault conditions.
6.5.1.1 RWPS Operation:

The RWPS speed shall be controlled based on the Treated Water Storage Tank (TWST) level
(60-LIT-1011). One pump (operator selectable) will be in operation at all times, unless the
facility is down for maintenance. The operator shall enter a TWST level setpoint from the
graphic display located at the Process Control Center for which the RWPS operation will be
based on. When the level falls below this setpoint for a specific period of time a second pump
(Lag) shall be called to start. When the level in the TWST rises above the operator adjustable
setpoint, the pumps will be taken off line by the same technique as they were placed on line.
The RWPS has two speed pumps (fast and slow) that discharge through a modulating control
valve (20-RW.MOV-20.1000). This control valve is provided to keep the pump operating on
its Q/H curve at high and low river levels (20-LIT-1001). Pump operation at both speeds will
be as follows:
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

84

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

At low river level as detected by the level transmitter in the wet well, pump will operate at
high speed
At high river level as detected by the level transmitter in the wet well, pump will operate at
low speed
The modulating control valve (20-RW.MOV-20.1000) shall operate to maintain two
minimum pump total dynamic heads (TDHs) one for low speed and one for high speed. The
PLC shall be programmed to achieve these functions during RWPS automatic operation. In
manual mode the Operator shall select the speed based on river level (20-LIT-1001) and shall
start and stop the pumps manually. The operator shall also have the ability to manually adjust
the control valve position as required for proper pump operation as stated above.
The control valve (20-RW.MOV-20.1000) on the discharge header of the RWPS shall
modulate to control the flow into the WTP to maintain the level range in the TWST at the
WTP. The flow is measured by the flow meter (26-RW.FIT-1010) at the WTP and transmitted
to the RWPS. As the river level (20-LIT-1001) drops below the level range and the control
valve is open to the extent possible maintaining a minimum pump TDH depending on the
pump speed, the Lag pump is called to start. Simultaneously the control valve closes to the
extent possible and the 2nd pump starts. The control valve then begins to regulate the flow
into the WTP to maintain TWST level range. The pump TDH control will override the flow
required to maintain the pump(s) within its operating range. On rising level the reverse
operation is applied.
6.5.1.2 Station Power Loss

The pump station power will automatically switch from line (Utility) power to generator
(backup) power upon the loss of the line (Utility) power. After power failure and return, the
Raw Water Pumps shall be re-started with staggered time delays to avoid unacceptable load
changes on the supply power and/or generator.
Mechanical break before make interlocking of incoming circuit breakers is provided to avoid
parallel operation of line (Utility) power mains and generator backup power.
6.5.2

Screen Air Scour

The RWPS wetwell is fed river water through four identical intake screens that are cylindrical
wire screen devices and are cleaned by an air-burst system (Air Scour) utilizing compressed
air. The screen cylinders may be lifted from their normal position to a maintenance position
via vertical guide rails on the pier. A manually operated jib crane with a motorized hoist is
used to lift the screens. The jib crane can rotate in order to transfer a screen onto or off of a
small truck, which can access the end of the pier.
The four intake screens feed two wetwell compartments, screens No.1 and No.2 for wetwell
compartment No.1 and screens No.3 and No.4 for wetwell compartment No.2. A vendorsupplied package provides the compressed air and controls required to air scour the intake
screens. A Vendor Control Panel (VCP) is furnished to provide local control of this system
and remote monitoring is available at Process Control Center (PCC) in the Chemical
Building.
The Air Scour System has the following equipment:
RW.SOL-20.1001
Air Scour to Intake Screen (No1)
RW.SOL-20.1002
Air Scour to Intake Screen (No2)
RW.SOL-20.1003
Air Scour to Intake Screen (No3)
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

85

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

RW.SOL-20.1004

Air Scour to Intake Screen (No4)

Air Compressor No. 1 (Air Scour)
Air Compressor No. 2 (Air Scour)

RW.CMP-20.1000

The air scour system shall be controlled from a local control panel RW.CMP- 20.1000 VCP,
located in the pump room of the Raw Water Pump Station. The compressor control panel
shall be supplied with the compressor package.
The local control panel shall provide manual and automatic control features. A cleaning cycle
shall be defined as the period from when the air burst is initiated at the first screen to when the
air burst is completed at the fourth screen.
The air scour system has no automatic PLC control capabilities. The systems operation can
be remotely monitored via PLC-RGF and the operator station graphic display located at the
Process Control Center (PCC) in the Chemical Building.
For local automatic/manual control, reference the manufacturer documentation for specific
operational procedures. For remote alarm and status monitoring requirements, reference the
PID drawings and the project I/O listing.
6.5.3 Sampler Control

The water treatment facility is serviced by a number of sample pumps to furnish process water
to a variety of process analyzers and connections to the facilitys laboratory. The control of
these samplers is identical and the control description is for a typical unit. Reference the
PIDs for the detailed requirements of the samplers.
Reference Process and Instrumentation Diagrams 13/206/7501, 13/207/7501 and 7502,
13/212/7505, 13/229/7501, and 13/243/7502.
The WTP sample pumps are as follows:
RW.SP-26.1000
RW.SP-26.1001
SW.SP-30.1410
SW.SP-30.1420
FTR.SP-40.1002
CCT.SP-50.1020
TW.SP-60.1001

Post Chlorination Sample Pump No.1

Pre-Chlorination Sample Pump No. 2
Clarifier 1 Sample Pump (No. 1)
Clarifier 2 Sample Pump (No. 2)
Filter Sample Pump
Post-Contact Tank Sample Pump
TWST Sample Pump

Local control of the Post Chlorination Sample Pump No.1 is from RW.SP-26.1000 LCP
located in the field near the sampler unit.
The sampler has a LCP mounted Run/Off selector switch (26.HS-1000), a Fault status
indicator (26.YA-1000), a Low Flow Alarm (26.FAL-1000), a Rest pushbutton (26.HMS1000) and a Run status indicator (26.YL-1000) for local control and monitoring. The sampler
has local control capabilities from the LCP mounted operator devices as outlined below:
Run/Off Selector Switch (26.HS-1000):

Run mode, sampler will run continuously while in this mode.

Off mode, sampler cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator station.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

86

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The Run/Off selector switch initiates the hard-wired run command via the sampler motor
starter run circuit. There is no PLC control of the samplers. Reference the Electrical
elementary schematics for requirements of the hardwired control.
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
The Low Flow alarm is generated from the filed mounted flow switch (26.FSL-1000). When
the flow switch detects the lack of flow through the sample pump and the timer (TR1) will
begin timing down. Should the low flow condition remain present throughout the TR1 preset
time then the timers output contact will change states and generate the Low Flow Alarm.
Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Low Flow Alarm
conditions.
6.5.4 Inline Chemical Disperser

The 500-mm raw water line is fitted with a single motorized Inline Chemical Disperser (ICD)
to blend the alum chemical feed with the Raw Water Supply. The Inline Chemical Disperser
operation can be remotely monitored and controlled via PLC-RGF and the operator station
graphic display located at the Process Control Center (PCC) in the Chemical Building.
Typically, the ICD will run continuously unless alum is not being fed or the Plant is down for
maintenance. Inline Chemical Disperser unit has full local control.
Reference Inline Chemical Disperser Process and Instrumentation Diagram 13/206/7501.
RW.FE-26.1010
Mag Meter
RW.MX-26.1010
Inline Chemical Disperser
Local control of the Inline Chemical Disperser is from RW.ICD-26.1010 located at the
process equipment.
The ICD has a LCP mounted Local-Off-Remote selector switch (26.HS-1010), a Start
Pushbutton (26.HMS-1010), a Stop Pushbutton (26.HMS-1011), a Fault status indicator
(26.YA-1010) and a Run status indicator (26.YL-1011) for local control and monitoring. The
ICD has local control capabilities from the LCP mounted operator devices as outlined below:
LOR Selector Switch (30.HS-1010):

Local mode (L), ICD can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons located on the LCP.
Off mode (O), ICD cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator station.
Remote mode (R), ICD can be started/stopped via the graphical start/stop poke points located
on the operator station graphic display.
LOR switch mode position (26.YL-1010) is displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Start/Stop Pushbuttons (30.HMS-1010 / 1011):

The Local LCP Start pushbutton initiates the hard-wired run command via the ICD motor
starter run circuit. The Stop pushbutton unlatches the hard-wired run command via the ICD
motor starter run circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of
the start/stop control.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector switch is in the
Local mode (L).

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

87

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The Remote Start/Stop Pushbuttons located on the operator station graphic display perform
the equivalent function as the Local hard-wired Start/Stop Pushbuttons mounted on the LCP
when the Hand-Off-Auto graphical poke point is in the Hand mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector
switch is in the Remote mode (R) and the graphical Hand Off-Auto poke point is in the Hand
mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons initiates the hard-wired run command via the ICD
motor starter run circuit. The PLC discrete output signal (26.HMS-1010) is energized while
the mixer is called to run and de-energized when called to stop. Reference the Electrical
elementary schematics for requirements of the PLC start/stop control.
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
Sludge Collection

The Flocculation basins have limited automatic PLC control capabilities. The sedimentation
basins, the sludge collection operation and the sampling operation can be remotely monitored
and controlled via PLC-RGF and the operator station graphic display located at the Process
Control Center (PCC) in the Chemical Building. Both the sludge collection equipment and
the water sampling pumps have full local control.
Local control of the sludge collectors is from SW.COL-30.1001 LCP (train 1) and SW.COL30.1002 LCP (train 2) located at the process equipment.
The water sampling pumps are controlled locally at SW.SP-30.1410 LCP (train 1) and
SW.SP-30.1420 LCP (train 2) also located in the field at the process equipment. Reference the
Sampler Controls Description Section for specific requirements.
The Splitter Chamber high and high-high level alarms are indicated on the SW.COL-30.1001
LCP. The level switches are an input to PLC-RGF and displayed and alarmed at the operator
station graphic display. Should a splitter chamber high or high-high level condition occur, the
operator will need to take the appropriate action to reduce the level in the chamber.
6.5.5 Flocculation

Each of the six Flocculation tank (SW.TK-30.1001 and 1002) compartments are fitted with a
single mixer. The mixer has an LCP mounted Local-Off-Remote selector switch (30.HS1010), a Start Pushbutton (30.HMS-1010), a Stop Pushbutton (30.HMS-1011), a Fault status
indicator (30.YA-1010) and a Run status indicator (30.YL-1011) for local control and
monitoring.
Reference Clarifiers Process and Instrumentation Diagrams 13/207/7501 and 7502.
The Flocculation Mixers are as follows:
SW.MX-30.1010
SW.MX-30.1020
SW.MX-30.1030
SW.MX-30.1040
SW.MX-30.1050
SW.MX-30.1060

Flocculator (No. 1)
Flocculator (No. 2)
Flocculator (No. 3)
Flocculator (No. 4)
Flocculator (No. 5)
Flocculator (No. 6)

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

88

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Each mixer has local control capabilities from the LCP mounted operator devices as outlined
below. There is no PLC automatic control required for the mixers.
LOR Selector Switch (30.HS-1010):

Local mode (L), mixer can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons located on the
LCP.
Off mode (O), mixers cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator station.
Remote mode (R), mixer can be started/stopped via the graphical start/stop poke points
located on the operator station graphic display.
LOR switch mode position (30.YL-1010) is displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Start/Stop Pushbuttons (30.HMS-1010 / 1011):

The Local LCP Start pushbutton initiates the hard-wired run command via the mixer motor
starter run circuit. The Stop pushbutton unlatches the hard-wired run command via the mixer
motor starter run circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of
the start/stop control.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector switch is in the
Local mode (L).
The Remote Start/Stop Pushbuttons located on the operator station graphic display perform
the equivalent function as the Local hard-wired Start/Stop Pushbuttons mounted on the LCP
when the Hand-Off-Auto graphical poke point is in the Hand mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector
switch is in the Remote mode (R) and the graphical Hand Off-Auto poke point is in the Hand
mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons initiates the hard-wired run command via the
mixer motor starter run circuit. The PLC discrete output signal (30.HMS-1010) is energized
while the mixer is called to run and de-energized when called to stop. Reference the Electrical
elementary schematics for requirements of the PLC start/stop control.
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
Status/Alarm Indication:

Fault alarms (YA) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Fault alarms indication (YA) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Fault
conditions.
Run status (YL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC. .
Local panel Run status indication (YL) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Run
status indication.
6.5.6

Sludge Collection

The sludge scrapers have limited automatic PLC control capabilities. The scrapers and the
sludge collection operation can be remotely monitored and controlled via PLC-RGF and the
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

89

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

operator station graphic display located at the Process Control Center (PCC) in the Chemical
Building. The sludge collection equipment has full local control.
Reference Clarifiers Process and Instrumentation Diagrams 13/207/7501 and 7502.
The Sludge Scrapers are listed below:
SW.COL-30.1510
SW.COL-30.1520

Scraper (No. 1)
Scraper (No. 2)

Local control of the sludge scrapers is from SW.COL-30.1001 LCP (train 1) and SW.COL30.1002 LCP (train 2) located at the process equipment.
Each Clarifier (SW.CLAR-30.1001 and 1002) is fitted with a sludge scraper. The scraper has
an LCP mounted Local-Off-Remote selector switch (30.HS-1510), a Start Pushbutton
(30.HMS-1510), a Stop Pushbutton (30.HMS-1511), a Fault status indicator (30.YA-1510), a
Run status indicator (30.YL-1511), a Scraper High Torque status alarm (30.NA-1510), and an
Alarm Reset Pushbutton (30.HMS-1512) for local control and monitoring. Each sludge
scraper has local control capabilities from the LCP mounted operator devices as outlined
below:
LOR Selector Switch (30.HS-1510):

Local mode (L), scraper can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons located on the
LCP.
Off mode (O), scraper cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator station.
Remote mode (R), scraper can be started/stopped via the graphical start/stop poke points
located on the operator station graphic display.
LOR switch mode position (30.YL-1510) is displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Start/Stop Pushbuttons (30.HMS-1510 / 1511):

The Local LCP Start pushbutton initiates the hard-wired run command via the scraper motor
starter run circuit. The Stop pushbutton unlatches the hard-wired run command via the scraper
motor starter run circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of
the start/stop control.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector switch is in the
Local mode (L).
The Remote Start/Stop Pushbuttons located on the operator station graphic display perform
the equivalent function as the Local hard-wired Start/Stop Pushbuttons mounted on the LCP
when the Hand-Off-Auto graphical poke point is in the Hand mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector
switch is in the Remote mode (R) and the graphical Hand Off-Auto poke point is in the Hand
mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons initiates the hard-wired run command via the
scraper motor starter run circuit. The PLC discrete output signal (30.HMS-1510) is energized
while the scraper is called to run and de-energized when called to stop. Reference the
Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the PLC start/stop control.
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
Status/Alarm Indication:
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

90

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Fault alarms (YA) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Fault alarms indication (YA) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Fault
conditions.
High Torque alarm (NA) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be
programmed in the PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR
CONTROL LOGIC. Local panel Torque alarm indication and shutdown are generated from
the hard-wire logic in the motor starter circuit and will shut down the scraper drive if the High
Torque signal is present long enough for timer TR1 to trip. Should the high torque condition
occur, the operator will need to take action and remove this tank from service. Reference the
Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Fault conditions.
Run status (YL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC. .
Local panel Run status indication (YL) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Run
status indication.
6.5.7 Sludge Removal

Each Clarifier is fitted with a Desludging Valve Chamber to house a motorized control valve
(SL.MOV-30.1310). As the sludge is collected at the bottom of the Clarifier it is removed by
opening the desludging valve based on a cycle timer located on the LCP. The removal
operation can be remotely monitored at the operator station graphic display located at the
Process Control Center (PCC) in the Chemical Building. The desludging equipment has full
local control and there is no PLC control available for this function.
Reference Clarifiers Process and Instrumentation Diagrams 13/207/7501 and 7502.
The Desludging Valves are as follows:
SL.MOV-30.1310
SL.MOV-30.1320

Actuator valve (Wastewater Pipe)

Actuator valve (Wastewater Pipe)

Local control of the Desludging Valve is from SW.COL-30.1001 LCP (train 1) and SW.COL30.1002 LCP (train 2) located at the process equipment.
The Desludging Valve has an LCP mounted Hand-Off-Auto selector switch (30.HS-1310), an
Open/Stop/Close spring return to center selector switch (30.HMS-1310), an Open and Closed
status indicator (30.ZLO-1310 and 30.ZLC-1310), and a Cycle Timer (30.KY-1510) for local
control and monitoring. Each valve has local control capabilities from the LCP mounted
operator devices as outlined below:
HOA Selector Switch (30.HS-1310):

Hand mode (H), Valve can be manually opened/closed via the Open/Stop/Close selector
switch located on the LCP.
Off mode (O), Valve cannot be opened/closed locally at the LCP.
Auto mode (A), Valve will be opened/closed via the cycle timer (30.KY-1510) settings. The
operator will adjust the cycle timers settings as follows:
On Time: the desired time period the valve is required to be open (sludge removal).
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

91

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Off Time: the desired time period the valve is required to be closed between removal
operations (sludge removal stopped).
The Desludging Valve open/close position is displayed on the operator station graphic
display.
The Desludging Valve open/close position indication and fault alarms at the operator station
graphic display shall be programmed in the PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL
GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
6.5.8

Filter Control

The below control description is for Filter No.1 and is the identical for all filters at the water
treatment facility.
Reference Filter Backwash Process and Instrumentation Diagrams 13/212/7501 - 7506.
The filter is operated via numerous motorized vales, solenoid valves and weirs as listed
below:
FTR.MOV-40.1110
Actuated Slide Gate (Filter Inlet)
FTR.MOV-40.1120
Actuated Slide Gate (Backwash Discharge)
FTR.MOV-40.1130
Actuator Valve (Vent)
FTR.MOV-40.1140
Actuator Valve (Wastewater)
FTR.MOV-40.1150
Actuator Valve (Air Scour)
FTR.MOV-40.1160
Actuator Valve (Effluent)
FTR.MOW-40.1170
Actuated Slide Gate (Backwash Inlet)
FTR.MOV-40.1180
Actuator Valve (Backwash Water)
Local control of the Filter is from FTR.CC-40.1100 control console (CC) located at the filter.
The Filter has a CC mounted In/Out of Service selector switch (40.HS-1113) for placing the
filter in and out of service. Additionally, each motorized valve has a Hand-Off-Auto selector
switch, an Open/Stop/Close spring return to center selector switch and valve Open and valve
Closed status indication. The Filter has local control capabilities from the CC mounted
operator devices as outlined below:
The incoming clarified water enters the common filter inlet channel where it flows through
the Motor Actuated Slide Gate FTR.MOV-40.1110 and over the weir into the filter. At
commissioning, the weir plates will be set at the same height thereby distributing the clarified
water equally from the common inlet channel to all filters in service.
The weir plate on each filtered water outlet box will also be set at the same height (all weir
plates being manually adjustable via slots). This weir is fixed at approximately 81mm above
the filter media thereby preventing dry bedding of the media.
The flow into and from each filter is consequently the same. As the filter bed becomes
progressively more blocked, the headloss through the media increases resulting in the head
above the media rising (NB under clean bed conditions, the head is estimated to be about
0.68m at maximum flow with one filter out of service for backwash. The head will rise to
about 3.68m before theoretically needing to backwash.
The filter Effluent exists via Motor Actuator Valve FTR.MOV-40.1160 and into the common
filtered water channel and onto the Chlorine Contact Tank (CCT). The Clean Water Holding
Tank is also connected to the common filtered water channel and is discussed under the
Backwash description.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

92

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The Common Filtered Water Channels level is monitored by FTR.LIT-1001. Should the
channel level rise to within 150 mm of the filtered water weir plate an alarm shall be
generated indicating a process problem is taking place. The operator should intervene to
reduce this level either by dropping the Raw Water flow or by increasing the Treated Water
pump rate.
When the operator selects Filter In Service via selector switch (40.HS-1113), the Filter Inlet
gate FTR.MOV-40.1110 and Filter Effluent valve FTR.MOV-40.1160 are instructed to open
allowing water to flow through the filter. The Backwash Discharge gate FTR.MOV-40.1120,
the Wastewater gate FTR.MOV-40.1140, the Air Scour valve FTR.MOV-40.1150 and the
Backwash Inlet valve FTR.MOW-40.1170 are instructed to close.
When the operator selects Filter Out Service via selector switch (40.HS-1113), the Filter Inlet
gate FTR.MOV-40.1110 will close and after a pre-set period of time as set in PLC-RGF the
Filter Effluent valve FTR.MOV-40.1160 will be instructed to open allowing water to flow out
of the filter. The Backwash Discharge gate FTR.MOV-40.1120, the Wastewater gate
FTR.MOV-40.1140, the Air Scour valve FTR.MOV-40.1150 and the Backwash Inlet valve
FTR.MOW-40.1170 are instructed to remain closed. The remaining Filter water that did not
drain will be drawn down by the outlet siphons (typically three required) which are located
about 200 mm above the filter media. Care should be taken not to allow the water level to
drop to less than 81mm above the filter media to prevent a dry bed condition.
After a period of time in operation, the filter will require a backwash and will be initiated on
the following criteria:

High Turbidity (signal from the filtered water discharge Turbidity meter 40.AIT1010)

Manual intervention by operator

Time (typically 48 hours)

Excessive Headloss (signal from the loss of head pressure transmitter 40.PIT1010)
Turbidity is monitored at each filter effluent. The Turbidity indications are used as the
primary parameter in monitoring performance and controlling filter operations.
6.5.9 Backwash Sequence

Reference Filter Backwash Process and Instrumentation Diagrams 13/212/7501 - 7506.

The Backwash System includes the following equipment:
FBW.FE-40.1000
Mag Meter - Backwash
FBW.P-40.1810
Backwash Pump (No. 1)
FBW.P-40.1820
Backwash Pump (No. 2)
40.LIT-1800
Clean Water Holding Tank Level
On filter backwash initiation via Control Console mounted Backwash Initiate pushbutton
40.HMS-1012, the Filter Inlet gate FTR.MOV-40.1110 will close; the incoming clarified
water will be equally distributed to the remaining in service filters. Only one filter can be back
washed at a time. Interlocks shall be developed in PLC-RGF to inhibit a wash when:

One of the five filters is in the backwash sequence

The clean wash water tank is in a low-level condition

The waste wash water tank is in a high-level condition

Failure of a Motor Actuator Valve required for backwash.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

93

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The filter will drain to the top of the Backwash Discharge gate FTR.MOV-40.1120. This can
be determined by time or by the static pressure signal from the loss of head pressure
transmitter 40.PIT-1010. Normally, the Backwash Discharge gate would be opened on a time
basis and the filter siphons would then draw the water above the media into the outlet channel.
The outlet of the siphons (typically three required) would be located about 200 mm above the
media. There is no automatic control on the siphons.
After a pre-set time as set in PLC-RGF, the filter effluent Motor Actuator Valve FTR.MOV40.1160 will close. The Air Scour Blower AS.BLW-40-1710 or AS.BLW-40-1720 will start
up and the Air Scour Motor Actuator Valve FTR.MOV-40.1150 will be opened. The blower
would run for a pre-set period of time as set in PLC-RGF, typically 5 minutes (operator
adjustable). At the end of this period, the Air Scour valve would close, the blower will stop,
and the Air Vent solenoid valve FTR.SOL-40.1130 will be opened.
After a short delay, the Backwash Pump FBW.P-40.1810 or FBW.P-40.1820 will start,
Backwash Motor Actuator Valve FTR.MOV-40.1180 will open with a wash time of
approximately 5 minutes (operator adjustable) as set in PLC-RGF. At the end of this pre-set
period, the Backwash valve will close, and the Backwash Pump will be stopped.
The Filter Inlet gate FTR.MOV-40.1110 will open, and the Wastewater Motor Actuator Valve
FTR.MOV-40.1140 will open to allow the water discharged to the Wastewater Holding Tank
WW.TK-70-1000 for a period of thirty minutes (operator adjustable) as set in PLC-RGF. At
the end of this pre-set time, the Wastewater valve would close, and the Filter Effluent valve
FTR.MOV-40.1160 will open. An alarm will be generated by PLC-RGF if the filtered water
Turbidity exceeded a pre-set value.
6.5.10 Filter Backwash Control

Backwash water for the filter backwashing operation is supplied from the Common Filtered
Water Channel through the Clean Water Holding Tank Inlet Motorized Weir FTR.MOW40.1170. Alternatively, in an emergency, the Service Water System can be manually valved to
draw off the Service Water distribution ring to fill the Clean Water Holding Tank. This
operation must be manually supervised, as normal level controls will be inoperative.
A duty and an assist fixed speed pumps will deliver clean wash water from the Clean Water
Holding Tank to the Filter that is to be back washed. The pumps will be arranged with
individual suction pipe connections from the tank.
An ultrasonic level transmitter and high, low and low-low level switches will be provided in
the tank for control of re-filling, pump protection and indication of tank level. Magnetic
flowmeter measures the discharge flow of clean wash water into the filters. A high/low
pressure switch on the discharge pipe monitors failure of the inlet/outlet valves or possible
issues with the Backwash Pump.
When the Clean Water Holding Tank level reaches a low level condition (40-LSL-1800), the
PLC will open the Clean Water Holding Tank inlet weir (FTR.MOW-40.1170) to a predetermined percent open position to allow filtered water flow to fill the holding tank. When
the tank level reaches a high level condition (40-LSH-1800), the PLC will command the inlet
weir to close and stop the filtered water flow into the holding tank.
Low and high rate flows are required for different stages of the backwash sequence. These are
achieved by running one pump by itself through a throttling pipe for low rate and two pumps
together by-passing the throttling pipe for high rate.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

94

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Local control of the Backwash Pump is from FBW.P-40.1810 LCP located at the process
equipment.
The Backwash Pumps have an LCP mounted Local-Off-Remote selector switch (40.HS1810), a Start Pushbutton (40.HMS-1810), a Stop Pushbutton (40.HMS-1811), a Fault status
indicator (40.YA-1810), a Run status indicator (40.YL-1810), a discharge press High Pressure
status alarm (40.PAH-1810), a discharge press Low Pressure status alarm (40.PAL-1810) and
an Alarm Reset Pushbutton (40.HMS-1812) for local control and monitoring.
Reference Filter Backwash Process and Instrumentation Diagrams 13/212/7501 - 7506.
Each Backwash Pump has local control capabilities from the LCP mounted operator devices
as outlined below:
LOR Selector Switch (40.HS-1810):

Local mode (L), Backwash Pump can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons located
on the LCP.
Off mode (O), Backwash Pump cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator
station.
Remote mode (R), Backwash Pump can be started/stopped via the graphical start/stop poke
points located on the operator station graphic display. Pumps that are in the auto mode via the
graphical H-O-A poke points will start/stop automatically as described in the Filter Backwash
Control Descriptions.
LOR switch mode position (40.YL-1810) is displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Start/Stop Pushbuttons (40.HMS-1810/ 1811):

The Local LCP Start pushbutton initiates the hard-wired run command via the Backwash
Pump motor starter run circuit. The Stop pushbutton unlatches the hard-wired run command
via the Backwash Pump motor starter run circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary
schematics for requirements of the start/stop control.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector switch is in the
Local mode (L).
The Remote Start/Stop Pushbuttons located on the operator station graphic display perform
the equivalent function as the Local hard-wired Start/Stop Pushbuttons mounted on the LCP
when the Hand-Off-Auto graphical poke point is in the Hand mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector
switch is in the Remote mode (R) and the graphical Hand Off-Auto poke point is in the Hand
mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons initiates the hard-wired run command via the
Backwash Pump motor starter run circuit. The PLC discrete output signal (40.HMS-1810) is
energized while the Backwash Pump is called to run and de-energized when called to stop.
Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the PLC start/stop control.
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
Status/Alarm Indication:

Fault alarms (YA) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

95

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Local panel Fault alarms indication (YA) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Fault
conditions.
Pressure alarm (PAH/PAL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be
programmed in the PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR
CONTROL LOGIC. Local panel Pressure alarm indication is generated from the hard-wire
logic in the motor starter circuit must be reset with the Alarm Reset Pushbutton (30.HMS1812) to unlatch the hardwire logic. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for
requirements of the Fault conditions.
Run status (YL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC. .
Local panel Run status indication (YL) is generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Run
status indication.
The common filtered water channel is fitted with a continuous level transmitter
(40.LIT.1001), which will generate a high (LAH) and a low (LAL) channel level alarm. The
low level alarm should be closely monitored in the event that the Clean Water Holding Tank
inlet weir (FTR-MOW 40.1170) fails to close when called to. There is a remote possibility
that the filters could drain through the holding tank overflow. Additionally, the valve fault
alarm and the holding tank high level alarm are closely monitored to avoid this situation.
Should weir motor operator fail, the operator should manually operate the unit in the field.
6.5.11

Air Scour Blower Control

Compressed air for the filter air scour function is supplied from a duty and a standby fixed
speed blower (AS.BLW-40-1710 and AS.BLW-40-1720) to the common discharge header
through a motorized control valve FTR.MOW-40.1450 and into the filter underdrain.
A high/low pressure switch on the discharge pipe monitors failure of the inlet/outlet valves or
possible issues with the blowers.
Reference Filter Backwash Process and Instrumentation Diagrams 13/212/7501 - 7506.
The Air Scour equipment includes the following:
AS.BLW-40.1710
AS.BLW-40.1720

Air Scour Blower (No. 1)

Air Scour Blower (No. 2)

Local control of the Air Scour Blowers is from AS.BLW-40.1700 VCP located at the process
equipment.
The Air Scour Blowers have a VCP mounted Local-Off-Remote selector switch (40.HS1710), a Start Pushbutton (40.HMS-1710), a Stop Pushbutton (40.HMS-1711), a Fault status
indicator (40.YA-1710), a Run status indicator (40.YL-1710), a discharge press High Pressure
status alarm (40.PAH-1710), a discharge press Low Pressure status alarm (40.PAL-1710) and
an Alarm Reset Pushbutton (40.HMS-1712) for local control and monitoring. Each Air Scour
Blower has local control capabilities from the VCP mounted operator devices as outlined
below:
The Air Scour Discharge line is fitted with a condensation drain valve to discharge any
accumulated water in the system. The solenoid cycle timer (40.KY-1700) mounted on the
Vendor Control Panel. The operator will set the valve open time and the valve closed time
pre-sets. The valve shall sequence per the timer pre-set times.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

96

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

LOR Selector Switch (40.HS-1710):

Local mode (L), Air Scour Blower can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons
located on the LCP.
Off mode (O), Air Scour Blower cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator
station.
Remote mode (R), Air Scour Blower can be started/stopped via the graphical start/stop poke
points located on the operator station graphic display. Blowers that are in the auto mode via
the graphical H-O-A pore points will start/stop automatically as described in the Filter
Backwash Control Descriptions.
LOR switch mode position (40.YL-1710) is displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Start/Stop Pushbuttons (40.HMS-1710/ 1711):

The Local VCP Start pushbutton initiates the hard-wired run command via the Air Scour
Blower motor starter run circuit. The Stop pushbutton unlatches the hard-wired run command
via the Air Scour Blower motor starter run circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary
schematics for requirements of the start/stop control.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector switch is in the
Local mode (L).
The Remote Start/Stop Pushbuttons located on the operator station graphic display perform
the equivalent function as the Local hard-wired Start/Stop Pushbuttons mounted on the VCP
when the Hand-Off-Auto graphical pore point is in the Hand mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector
switch is in the Remote mode (R) and the graphical Hand Off-Auto poke point is in the Hand
mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons initiates the hard-wired run command via the Air
Scour Blower motor starter run circuit. The PLC discrete output signal (40.HMS-1710) is
energized while the Air Scour Blower is called to run and de-energized when called to stop.
Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the PLC start/stop control.
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
Status/Alarm Indication:

Fault alarms (YA) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Fault alarms indication (YA) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Fault
conditions.
High/Low Pressure alarm (PAH/PAL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall
be programmed in the PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR
CONTROL LOGIC. Local panel Pressure alarm indication is generated from the hard-wire
logic in the motor starter circuit must be reset with the Alarm Reset Pushbutton (40.HMS1712) to unlatch the hardwire logic. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for
requirements of the Fault conditions.
Run status (YL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

97

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Local panel Run status indication (YL) is generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Run
status indication.
6.5.12 Wastewater Pumping System

Wastewater flows from the Flocculator/Clarifiers and filters to the wastewater holding tank
(WWHT) via yard piping. Minor process drains also flow from other buildings to the WWHT.
Tank contents are prevented from settling by the use of separate Wastewater Mixing Pumps.
The WWHT is a single-chamber, reinforced concrete tank located partially below grade. The
structure is partially covered and constructed entirely of reinforced concrete.
The wastewater pumping station (WWPS) consists of a dry-well pump room located adjacent
to the WWHT. Wastewater pumps transfer wastewater from the WWHT to the river outfall
via the wastewater pipeline.
Reference Wastewater Process and Instrumentation Diagram 13/220/7501.
The WWPS equipment includes the following:
WW.P-70.1010
Wastewater Pump (No. 1)
WW.P-70.1020
Wastewater Pump (No. 2)
WW.P-70.1030
Wastewater Pump (No. 3)
WW.P-70.1040
Wastewater Mixer Pump (No. 1)
WW.P-70.1050
Wastewater Mixer Pump (No. 2)
WW.P-70.1060
Fixed Sump Pump
Local control of the WWPS is from WW.P-70.1000 LCP located at the process equipment.
The Wastewater Pumps have an LCP mounted Mode selector switch (70.HS-1000), for
Lead/Lag selections. Hand-Off-Automatic selector switch (70.HS-1010), a Start Pushbutton
(70.HMS-1010), a Stop Pushbutton (70.HMS-1011), a Fault status indicator (70.YA-1010), a
Run status indicator (70.YL-1110), a discharge press High Pressure status alarm (70.PAH1010), a discharge press Low Pressure status alarm (70.PAL-1010) and an Alarm Reset
Pushbutton (70.HMS-1012) for local control and monitoring. Each Wastewater Pump has
local control capabilities from the LCP mounted operator devices as outlined below:
Mode Selector Switch (70.HS-1000):

When position 1-2 is selected, Pump No.1 will be Lead with Pump No.2 as Lag. When
position 2-3 is selected, Pump No.2 will be Lead with Pump No.3 as Lag. When position 3-1
is selected, Pump No.3 will be Lead with Pump No.1 as Lag. This is an operator selectable
function. To change the lead/Lag selection all pumps must be stop prior to making any
changes.
HOA Selector Switch (70.HS-1010):

Hand mode (H), pump can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons located on the
LCP.
Off mode (O), pump cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator station.
Auto mode (A), pump will be started/stopped via the multi-point level switch (tipping ball)
mounted in the Wastewater tank. The level switches are configured as Pump(s) stop (70.LSL1000), Lead Pump Start (70.LSM-1000) and Lag Pump start (70.LSH-1000)
HOA switch mode position (70.HS-1010) is displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

98

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Start/Stop Pushbuttons (70.HMS-1010/ 70.HMS-1011):

The Local LCP Start pushbutton initiates the hard-wired run command via the Wastewater
Pump motor starter run circuit. The Stop pushbutton unlatches the hard-wired run command
via the Wastewater Pump motor starter run circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary
schematics for requirements of the start/stop control.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the HOA selector switch is in the
Local mode (H).
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
Status/Alarm Indication:

Fault alarms (YA) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Fault alarms indication (YA) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Fault
conditions.
Pressure alarm (PAH/PAL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be
programmed in the PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR
CONTROL LOGIC. Local panel Pressure alarm indication is generated from the hard-wire
logic in the motor starter circuit must be reset with the Alarm Reset Pushbutton (70.HMS1012) to unlatch the hardwire logic. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for
requirements of the Fault conditions.
Run status (YL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Run status indication (YL) is generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Run
status indication.
Local control of the Wastewater Mixer Pumps are from WW.P-70.1000 LCP located at the
process equipment.
The Wastewater Mixer have an LCP mounted Local-Off-Remote selector switch (70.HS1040), a Start Pushbutton (70.HMS-1040), a Stop Pushbutton (70.HMS-1041), a Fault status
indicator (70.YA-1040), a Run status indicator (70.YL-1040), a discharge press High Pressure
status alarm (70.PAH-1040), a discharge press Low Pressure status alarm (70.PAL-1040) and
an Alarm Reset Pushbutton (70.HMS-1012) for local control and monitoring. Each
Wastewater Mixer has local control capabilities from the LCP mounted operator devices as
outlined below:
LOR Selector Switch (70.HS-1040):

Local mode (L), Mixer can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons located on the
LCP.
Off mode (O), Mixer cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator station.
Remote mode (R), Mixer can be started/stopped via the graphical start/stop poke points and
placed in Hand-Off-Auto mode via the graphical H-O-A poke point located on the operator
station graphic display. Additionally, the pump can be controlled by the PLC in the Auto
mode as outlined below. In the Remote mode of operation, the mixer pumps will be shut
down when a low alarm (70.LSLL-1000) condition occurs.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

99

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

LOR switch mode position (70.HS-1040) is displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Start/Stop Pushbuttons (70.HMS-1040, / 70.HMS-1041):

The Local LCP Start pushbutton initiates the hard-wired run command via the Mixer motor
starter run circuit. The Stop pushbutton unlatches the hard-wired run command via the Mixer
motor starter run circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of
the start/stop control.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector switch is in the
Local mode (L).
The Remote Start/Stop Pushbuttons located on the operator station graphic display perform
the equivalent function as the Local hard-wired Start/Stop Pushbuttons mounted on the LCP
when the Hand-Off-Auto graphical poke point is in the Hand mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector
switch is in the Remote mode (R) and the graphical Hand Off-Auto poke point is in the Hand
mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons initiates the hard-wired run command via the
Mixer motor starter run circuit. The PLC discrete output signal (70.HS-1040) is energized
while the Mixer is called to run and de-energized when called to stop. Reference the Electrical
elementary schematics for requirements of the PLC start/stop control.
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
Status/Alarm Indication:

Fault alarms (YA) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Fault alarms indication (YA) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Fault
conditions.
Run status (YL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Run status indication (YL) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Run
status indication.
Pressure alarm (PAH/PAL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be
programmed in the PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR
CONTROL LOGIC. Local panel Pressure alarm indication is generated from the hard-wire
logic in the motor starter circuit must be reset with the Alarm Reset Pushbutton (70.HMS1012) to unlatch the hardwire logic. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for
requirements of the Fault conditions.
6.5.13 Chlorine Systems:
6.5.13.1 Overview:

The Chlorine Feed system is comprised of two separate systems. The system includes two
chlorine chlorinators for the TWST Disinfection and one chlorinator for the pre treated Raw
Water feed.
Reference Chlorine System Process and Instrumentation Diagrams 13/217/7501 - 7503.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

100

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The Chlorine Feed System contains the following equipment:

CL.EXF-81.1610
Extract Fan (No. 1)
CL.MOD-81.1510
Inlet Damper (Air Intake) (No. 1)
CL.MOD-81.1520
Inlet Damper (Air Intake) (No. 2)
CL.WS-81.1010
Drum Cradle Incorporating Load Cell (No. 1)
CL.CLR-81.1010
Chlorinator (No. 1)
CL.MOV-81.1010
Actuated Ball Valve (No. 1)
CL.CLR-81.1020
Chlorinator (No. 2)
CL.CLR-81.1030
Chlorinator (No. 3)
CL.MOV-81.1020
Actuated Ball Valve (No. 2)
CL.MOV-81.1030
Actuated Ball Valve (No. 3)
CL.CLR-81.1010
Liquid Cl2 Auto Changeover System
CL.WS-81.1020
Drum Cradle Incorporating Load Cell (No. 2)
CL.WS-81.1030
Drum Cradle Incorporating Load Cell (No. 3)
The Raw Water Chlorination Feed System has a single duty chlorine cylinder with a single
chlorinator (CL.CLR-81-1010) to feed chlorine to the Raw Water ejector with an option to
feed the TWST ejector. Changes to the point of application are made by manual valve
changes. Each of the feed systems cylinder weight is monitored locally and remotely through
the use of weigh scales.
The Treated Water Chlorination Feed System has a duty and standby cylinder and a duty and
standby chlorinator (CL.CLR-81-1020 and CL.CLR-81-1030) to feed chlorine to the Treated
Water ejector. The second feed system is vacuum operated with automatic switch over
capabilities achieved through two vacuum regulators installed on the discharge header of the
two chlorine cylinders.
A pair of motorized ball valves (CL.MOV-81.1020 and CL.MOV-81.1030), per system, and
the automatic liquid switchover system (CL.CLR-81.1010 VCP) is used to bring a chlorine
cylinder online. One automatic liquid switchover system, consisting of a vendor control panel
is used to bring each system online as the previous cylinder experiences a low outlet pressure
(indicating that it is empty). A low pressure switch is provided on the outlet of each cylinder
to sense the low pressure. The switchover system will be configured so that only one chlorine
cylinder can feed chlorine at a time and also so that cylinders can be removed from the
rotation, by placing the motorized ball valves into a locked-out mode of operation, and then
placed back into the rotation for maintenance purposes.
If a motor operated chlorine liquid valve fails to open properly during a switching sequence
the system shall try to close the valve. If the valve successfully closes, the system shall
indicate a valve failure alarm and attempt to open the valves on the next bank of ton
containers. If the valve does not successfully close, the system shall indicate a switchover
failure alarm and all motorized valves will close. After loss of power, all valves will close
upon return of power. No valves will be opened unless the power failure alarm has been
manually reset.
6.5.13.2 Local Mode of Operation:

The flow of chlorine gas through the chlorinators can be flow-paced based on the raw water
flow (26.FIT.1010) for the pretreatment chlorinators and can be trimmed using the free
chlorine residual analyzer (26.AIT-1013) at the discharge header of the RWPS. Additionally,
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

101

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

a manual timer (81-KY-1010) is provided so that the chlorine feed to the Raw water line can
not be accidentally left on for long periods of time. The operate must set the period of time
that he wishes to chlorinate and upon the timer accumulated valve reaching the preset value
the timer will de-energize and shut off the chlorine feed.
The finished water flow (60.FIT.1000) for the post-treatment chlorinators flow pacing and can
also be trimmed using the free chlorine residual analyzer (60.AIT-1001) at the discharge
header of the distribution pumps. The chlorine gas is transported to the point of application by
ejectors and the motive water pumping system.
Each of the chlorinators is supplied with a feed rate controller mounted locally at the process
equipment. The controller allows the operator to control the feed rate locally in either a
manual, automatic or flow paced mode.
Each feed rate controller has a Local-Off-Remote selector switch (81.HS-1200), a Start
Pushbutton (81.HMS-1200), a Stop Pushbutton (81.HMS-1201), a Fault status indicator
(81.YA-1200) and a Run status indicator (81.YL-1200), a manual speed control potentiometer
(81.SC-1200), and a speed indicator (81.SI-1200), for local control and monitoring.
The gas feeders have an automatic control system (CL.MOD-81.1501 VCP) to control feed
rates. The control system compares the operator-selected setpoint to the residual chlorine
signal from the analyzer (26.AIT-1013 or 60.AIT-1001). Proportional and integral gain
adjustments, in conjunction with a fixed and variable lag time to correct for the deviation
from setpoint and reposition the feed rate actuator accordingly.
In the compound loop control mode, the controller adjusts the feed rate in response to plant
flow and residual (concentration of free chlorine). The controller accepts signals from both
the flowmeter and the residual analyzer. The gas feed rate is instantaneously corrected for
changes in flow. The controller also compares the residual signal to an operator-selected
setpoint and corrects for any deviation for each lag time interval. The compound loop mode is
used for closed loop mode feedback control in applications where flow changes and chlorine
demand vary over a wide range.
In the direct residual mode, the feed rate is adjusted by the controller, based on the residual as
measured by a residual analyzer similar to the compound loop mode described above. The
direct residual control mode is used to maintain a desired residual in applications where the
flow is constant or changes only gradually.
6.5.13.3 Remote Manual Mode of Operation:

In the remote mode of operation, PLC-CLB shall assume control of the chlorine feeds
systems based on the operators settings. The operator shall have the capability of adjusting
feed rates and dosing rates from main Process Control Center (PCC) as well as monitor all
process parameters and alarms.
Individual chlorinators are put in remote mode at the chlorinator controller (CL.CFC-81.1002
VCP or CL.CFC-81.1003 VCP). The selection between remote manual and remote automatic
is made at the main Process Control Center (PCC).
Once the selection for remote automatic mode is made the operator must then select either
Flow Paced remote automatic operation or Compound Loop remote operation. PLC-CLB
shall then take complete control of the chlorinator selected for this mode of operation that is
either flow paced or compound loop operated.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

102

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

In either flow paced or compound loop operation, it is then necessary for the operator to enter
a desired dosage in mg/L. The specific chemical equation would then be as follows for a flow
paced mode of operation:
[Gas dosage (mg/L)-operator selectable x 8.34 x flow rate (MGD)- from respective flow
meter] = pounds per day (lbs./day)
The specific flow rate to use in the equations is dependent on the point of application, and
shall be, raw water flow meter 26.FIT.1010 for post-treatment chlorinators CL.CFC81.1002 or CL.CFC-81.1003 and treated water flow meter 60.FIT.1000 for pre-treatment
chlorinator CL.CFC-81.1001.
When the gas Chlorinator is in compound loop mode, the calculated dosages above would be
adjusted (trimmed) as necessary based on the feedback from the treated water chlorine
analyzer 60.AIT-1001. An operator adjustable field shall be provided on the display to allow
for a feedback set point for this specific analyzer. This shall be displayed next to the actual
reading from this analyzer.
6.5.13.4 Monitoring Requirements:

The chlorine system (pre and post) has a local vendor control panel to monitor process
parameters as outlined below:
The weight of each liquid chlorine cylinder in service shall be monitored locally and at the
main Process Control Center (PCC).
Low pressure alarm for the liquid lines to the chlorinators shall be monitored locally and at
the main Process Control Center (PCC).
Chlorine lines high and low temperature alarms and power failure alarm shall be monitored
locally and at the main Process Control Center (PCC).
The low and high vacuum alarms as well as the low flow alarm for each chlorine feeder shall
be monitored locally and at the main Process Control Center (PCC)
Chlorine leak detected alarms shall be monitored locally and at the main Process Control
Center (PCC)
A flow switch is provided to verify the flow of each ejector water. This shall also be
incorporated into the control logic to determine failure of the system. On no flow of ejector
motive water the individual ejector shall be isolated and an alarm initiated. The operator shall
then manually switch the flow of the corresponding chlorinator as required. Reference the
Chlorine Motive Water Pumps for specific requirement of a low flow alarm condition.
It is necessary that the PCC system calculate a daily chlorine inventory and average dosage
based on the weight reduction in the cylinder(s) over a 24-hour period. Weigh Scales are
provided for this purpose. Weight is indicated locally and remotely at the PCC. The total
usage would be reported in pounds and the average dosage for the day would be calculated as
follows:
[Total weight reduction (lbs.)] / [total daily plant production (MG)] / 8.34 = Total average
dosage (mg/L)
Approximate % post chlorine dosage = Total Average Dosage* [(Total Chlorine feed through
Chlorinator CL.CFC-81.1002 or CL.CFC-81.1003/Total chlorine feed through all
Chlorinators]
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

103

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Approximate % pre chlorine dosage = Total Average Dosage* [(Total Chlorine feed through
Chlorinator CL.CFC-81.1001/Total chlorine feed through all Chlorinators]
The system must recognize when a change in point of application is made, and entered by the
operator, to take into account the change in chlorinators for calculating the dosage of pre or
post chlorine feed.
The system must also recognize that cylinders can be replaced during the day, possibly more
than once, and on each side of the automatic switchover. This can be accomplished by
monitoring the changes in weight (increasing or decreasing) and incorporating it into the
logic.
6.5.13.5 Chlorine Motive Water Pumps

Liquid chlorine is vaporized and metered to the Raw and Treated water ejectors where it is
dissolved in motive water. The motive water pumps draw their supply from the common
filtered water channel.
Chlorine Motive Water Pump No.1 feeds the Raw Water Ejector and the Treated Water outlet
Ejector. Chlorine Motive Water Pump No. 2 and No. 3 operate in a Lead/Backup mode to
supply the Pre-treated Water Ejector.
Reference Chemicals - Chlorine Process and Instrumentation Diagrams 13/217/7501.
The Chlorine Motive Water Pump system has the following equipment:
CL.BP-81.1710
Chlorine Motive Water Pump (No. 1)
CL.BP-81.1720
Chlorine Motive Water Pump (No. 2)
CL.BP-81.1730
Chlorine Motive Water Pump (No. 3)
The Chlorine Motive System operation can be remotely monitored and controlled via PLCRFG and the operator station graphic display located at the Process Control Center (PCC) in
the Chemical Building. The system has full local, manual control.
Local control of the Chlorine Motive Water Pump system is from Panel CL.BP-81.1700 LCP
located at the process equipment.
Each Motive Water pump has an LCP mounted Local-Off-Remote selector switch (81.HS1710), a Start Pushbutton (81.HMS-1710), a Stop Pushbutton (81.HMS-1711), a Fault status
indicator (81.YA-1710) for local control and monitoring.
Additional controls for Motive Water pumps No2 and No3 include a Lead/Backup selector
switch (81.HS-1722).
Motive Water pumps has local control capabilities from the LCP mounted operator devices as
outlined below.
LOR Selector Switch (81.HS-1710):

Local mode (L), pump can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons located on the
LCP.
Off mode (O), pump cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator station.
Remote mode (R), pump can be started/stopped via the graphical start/stop poke points and
placed in Hand-Off-Auto mode via the graphical H-O-A poke point located on the operator
station graphic display.
Lead/Backup Selector Switch (81.HS-1722):
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

104

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

In the Auto mode, pumps No2 and No3 will be controlled by the PLC. During normal
operation, the pump selected for Lead mode will operate to supply motive water to the
Treated Water Ejector. In the event that The Lead pump fails, the pump selected as Backup
will start and take over the task to supply motive water to the Treated Water Ejector.
Each of the three Motive Water pump discharge lines is fitted with an inline, low flow switch
located at the associated ejector to monitor the pumps operation. In addition to the low flow
switch, each pump is monitored by a motor overload and single phase relay to generate a
motor fault condition. When the motor fault condition is activated as an alarm input to the
PLC for the Lead pump, the logic will remove the Lead from service and place the Backup
pump online.
The Lead Backup selector switch function is only effective while in the Remote mode of
operation. The operator must select the appropriate mode for each pump (Lead or Backup).
LOR switch 81.HS-1710 and Lead/Backup Selector Switch 81.HS-1722 mode position are
displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Start/Stop Pushbuttons (81.HMS-1710/ 1711):

The Local LCP Start pushbutton initiates the hard-wired run command via the pump motor
starter run circuit. The Stop pushbutton unlatches the hard-wired run command via the pump
motor starter run circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of
the start/stop control.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector switch is in the
Local mode (L).
The Remote Start/Stop Pushbuttons located on the operator station graphic display perform
the equivalent function as the Local hard-wired Start/Stop Pushbuttons mounted on the LCP
when the Hand-Off-Auto graphical poke point is in the Hand mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector
switch is in the Remote mode (R) and the graphical Hand Off-Auto poke point is in the Hand
mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons initiates the hard-wired run command via the
Pump motor starter run circuit. The PLC discrete output signal (81.HS-1710) is energized
while the pump is called to run and de-energized when called to stop. Reference the Electrical
elementary schematics for requirements of the PLC start/stop control.
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
Status/Alarm Indication:

Fault alarms (YA) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Fault alarms indication (YA) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Fault
conditions.
Low Flow alarm (FAL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed
in the PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL
LOGIC. Local panel Flow alarm indication is generated from hard-wire logic circuit must be
reset with the Alarm Reset Pushbutton (81.HMS-1732) to unlatch the hardwire logic.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

105

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Run status (YL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC. .
Local panel Run status indication (YL) is generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Run
status indication.
6.5.13.6 Chlorine Scrubber System

The Chlorine Scrubber, CCS-SYS-81.1000, consists of a Circulation Pump CSS.P-81.1010,

an Extraction Fan CSS.EXF-81.1610 and the associated local control panel. The system shall
be a vendor-supplied package and is located at the Chemical Building. The chlorine
scrubbers function is to capture any leaks and clean the residual chlorine from the
atmosphere. Chlorine leak detector 81-AIT.1001, located in the storage room, will activate the
Chlorine Scrubber and operate the appropriate inlet/outlet dampers as required to pull the
contaminated air from the area. Chlorine leak detectors 81-AIT.1002, located in the chlorine
room, will activate the chlorine scrubber and operate the appropriate inlet/outlet dampers.
When chlorine gas is detected, in the storage or dosing room, in the ambient air above a preset
value, the room dampers will shut, ventilation will be stopped and the scrubber automatically
started until the amount of chlorine gas in the ambient air falls to an acceptable level.
Reference Chlorine Scrubber System Process and Instrumentation Diagram 13/217/7503.
The Chlorine Scrubber system consist of the following equipment:
CSS.EXF-81.1610
Extract Fan
CSS.P-81.1010
Circulation Pump
CSS.SYS-81.1000
Chlorine Scrubber System
CSS.EMS-81.1301
Emergency Shower
Local control of the Chlorine Scrubber is via CCS-SYS-81.1010 VCP located at the process
equipment.
The Circulation Pump has a VCP mounted Local-Off-Remote selector switch (81.HS-1010), a
Start Pushbutton (81.HMS-1010), a Stop Pushbutton (81.HMS-1011), a Fault status indicator
(81.YA-1015), a Run status indicator (81.YL-1015), a discharge press High Pressure status
alarm (70.PAH-1012), a discharge press Low Pressure status alarm (70.PAL-1012) and an
Alarm Reset Pushbutton (81.HMS-1012) for local control and monitoring The Chlorine
Scrubber has local control capabilities from the LCP mounted operator devices as outlined
below:
LOR Selector Switch (81.HS-1010):

Local mode (L), Circulation Pump can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons
located on the VCP.
Off mode (O), Circulation Pump cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator
station.
Remote mode (R), Circulation Pump can be started/stopped via the graphical start/stop poke
points located on the operator station graphic display.
LOR switch mode position (81.HS-1010) is displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Start/Stop Pushbuttons (81.HMS-1010 / 1011):

The Local LCP Start pushbutton initiates the hard-wired run command via the Pump motor
starter run circuit. The Stop pushbutton unlatches the hard-wired run command via the Pump
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

106

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

motor starter run circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of
the start/stop control.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector switch is in the
Local mode (L) and the graphical Hand Off-Auto poke point is in the Hand mode.
The Remote Start/Stop Pushbuttons located on the operator station graphic display perform
the equivalent function as the Local hard-wired Start/Stop Pushbuttons mounted on the LCP
when the Hand-Off-Auto graphical poke point is in the Hand mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector
switch is in the Remote mode (R) and the graphical Hand Off-Auto poke point is in the Hand
mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons initiates the hard-wired run command via the
Pump motor starter run circuit. The PLC discrete output signal (81.HS-1013) is energized
while the Pump is called to run and de-energized when called to stop. Reference the Electrical
elementary schematics for requirements of the PLC start/stop control.
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
Status/Alarm Indication:

Fault (YA) alarms indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel alarms indication are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor starter
circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Fault
conditions.
Pressure alarm (PAH/PAL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be
programmed in the PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR
CONTROL LOGIC. Local panel Pressure alarm indication is generated from the hard-wire
logic in the motor starter circuit must be reset with the Alarm Reset Pushbutton (81.HMS1012) to unlatch the hardwire logic. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for
requirements of the Fault conditions.
Run status (YL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC. .
Local panel Run status indication (YL) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Run
status indication.
Local control of the Extraction Fan is from Panel CCS-SYS-81.1010 VCP located at the
process equipment.
HOA Selector Switch (81.HS-1610):

Hand mode (H), Fan can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons located on the LCP.
Off mode (O), Fan cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator station.
Auto mode (A), Fan will be started/stopped via the chlorine leak detection analyzers as
outline above.
HOA switch mode position (81.HS-1610) is displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Start/Stop Pushbuttons (81.HMS-1610/ 81.HMS-1611):
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

107

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The Local LCP Start pushbutton initiates the hard-wired run command via the Fan motor
starter run circuit. The Stop pushbutton unlatches the hard-wired run command via the Fan
motor starter run circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of
the start/stop control.
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the HOAselector switch is in the
Local mode (H).
Status/Alarm Indication:

Fault alarms (YA) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Fault alarms indication (YA) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Fault
conditions.
Run status (YL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Run status indication (YL) is generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Run
status indication.
6.5.14

Alum System

The chemical building consists of the alum storage area alum mixing chambers and a room
for installation of a future polyelectrolyte system.
Bagged alum is loaded into a crane-mounted hopper and dumped via an inlet basket into one
of two mixing chambers. The alum is dissolved in water supplied by the service water system.
Each chamber has a single motor-driven mixer with a manually adjusted-speed gearbox. The
alum solution is fed via two variable speed diaphragm pumps into the raw water pipeline
upstream of the in-line chemical Disperser by dosing pumps. Dosing pumps can draw from
either mixing chamber. Additional equipment housed in the building include a manuallyoperated crane, power panels, and local control panels.
The Alum Feed System operation can be remotely monitored and controlled via PLC-CB and
the operator station graphic display located at the Process Control Center (PCC) in the
Chemical Building.
Local control of the Alum Feed System is via a feed rate controller (ALS.CFC-80.1100 VCP
and ALS.CFC-80.1200 VCP) located at the process equipment. The diaphragm pumps are
configured in a Duty/Standby arrangement with the speed control managed by a SCR Drive
(DC).
Each of the diaphragm pumps is supplied with a feed rate controller mounted locally at the
process equipment. The controller allows the operator to control the feed rate locally in either
a manual, automatic or flow paced mode.
Each feed rate controller has a Local-Off-Remote selector switch (80.HS-1100), a Start
Pushbutton (80.HMS-1100), a Stop Pushbutton (20.HMS-1101), a Fault status indicator
(80.YA-1100) and a Run status indicator (80.YL-1100), a manual speed control potentiometer
(80.SC-1100), and a speed indicator (80.SI-1100), for local control and monitoring.
Reference Alum System Process and Instrumentation Diagram 13/228/7501.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

108

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

LOR Selector Switch (80.HS-1100):

Local mode (L), controller can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons located on the
VCP.
Off mode (O), controller cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator station.
Remote mode (R), controller can have its speed controlled via the graphical operator entered
setpoints poke points and placed in Hand-Off-Auto mode via the graphical H-O-A poke point
located on the operator station graphic display. Additionally, the controller can be controlled
by the PLC in the Auto mode for operations as outlined below.
Once the selection for remote automatic mode is made the operator must then select Flow
Paced remote automatic operation. PLC-CB shall then take complete control of the feed
system selected for this mode of operation.
In the flow paced mode, it is then necessary for the operator to enter a desired dosage in
mg/L. The specific chemical equation would then be as follows for a flow paced mode of
operation:
[Alum feed rate (mg/L)-operator selectable x 8.34 x flow rate (MGD)- from respective flow
meter] = pounds per day (lbs./day)
The specific flow rate to use in the above equations is the raw water flow meter
26.FIT.1010 for Alum feed to the raw water Inline Chemical Disperser (IDC).
LOR switch mode position (80.HS-1100) is displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Start/Stop Pushbuttons (20.HMS-1100 / 1101):

The Local VCP Start pushbutton initiates the internal run command via the run circuit. The
Stop pushbutton unlatches the internal run command. Reference the Reference the
manufacturer documentation for requirements of the start/stop control.
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector switch is in the
Local mode (L).
Status/Alarm Indication:

Fault alarms (YA) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Fault alarms indication (YA) are generated from the internal logic in the
controllers circuit. Reference the manufacturers documentation for requirements for
requirements of the Fault conditions.
6.5.14.1 Alum Mixing System

The Alum Mixing System operation can be remotely monitored and controlled via PLC-CB
and the operator station graphic display located at the Process Control Center (PCC) in the
Chemical Building. The feed system has full local, manual control.
Local control of Alum Mixing System is from Panel ALS.MX-80.1000 LCP located at the
process equipment.
The Alum Mixing System has a LCP mounted Local-Off-Remote selector switch (80.HS1010), a Start Pushbutton (80.HMS-1010), a Stop Pushbutton (80.HMS-1011), a Fault status
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

109

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

indicator (80.YA-1010) and a Run status indicator (80.YL-1011) for local control and
monitoring.
Reference Alum System Process and Instrumentation Diagram 13/228/7501.
The Alum Mixing System has local control capabilities from the LCP mounted operator
devices as outlined below:
LOR Selector Switch (80.HS-1010):

Local mode (L), Mixer can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons located on the
LCP.
Off mode (O), Mixer cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator station.
Remote mode (R), Mixer can be started/stopped via the graphical start/stop poke points
located on the operator station graphic display.
LOR switch mode position (80.YL-1010) is displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Start/Stop Pushbuttons (80.HMS-1010 / 1011):

The Local LCP Start pushbutton initiates the hard-wired run command via the Mixer motor
starter run circuit. The Stop pushbutton unlatches the hard-wired run command via the Mixer
motor starter run circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of
the start/stop control.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector switch is in the
Local mode (L).
The Remote Start/Stop Pushbuttons located on the operator station graphic display perform
the equivalent function as the Local hard-wired Start/Stop Pushbuttons mounted on the LCP
when the Hand-Off-Auto graphical poke point is in the Hand mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector
switch is in the Remote mode (R) and the graphical Hand Off-Auto poke point is in the Hand
mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons initiates the hard-wired run command via the
Mixer motor starter run circuit. The PLC discrete output signal (80.HS-1010) is energized
while the mixer is called to run and de-energized when called to stop. Reference the Electrical
elementary schematics for requirements of the PLC start/stop control.
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
Status/Alarm Indication:

Run status (YL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC. .
Local panel Run status indication (YL) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the manufacturers documentation for requirements of the Run status
indication.
6.5.15

Treated Water Pump Station

Filtered water is treated with chlorine and flows through the chlorine contact tank to the
Treated Water Storage Tank (TWST) via yard piping. The TWST is a two-chamber tank
treated water storage tank. The Treated Water Pumping Station (TWPS) transfer treated water
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

110

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

back to the Elevated Storage Tank (EST) located at the Raw Water Pump Station via the
treated water pipeline.
The Treated Water Pumping Station consists of a pump room and an electrical room located
above the TWST. The TWST chambers act as wet wells for the treated water pumps.
Additional equipment housed in the pump room include the treated water and service water
discharge piping and valves, the service water hydro-pneumatic sub-system. Equipment
housed in the electrical room includes the treated water MCC, distribution panels and the
treated water pumps local control panel.
Reference Treated Water Process and Instrumentation Diagrams 13/243/7501 and 7502.
The TWPS has the following equipment:
TW.P-60.1050
Portable Sump Pump
TW.FE-60.1000
Mag Meter (TW Flowmeter)
TW.P-60.1010
Treated Water Pump (No. 1)
TW.P-60.1020
Treated Water Pump (No. 2)
TW.P-60.1030
Treated Water Pump (No. 3)
TW.P-60.1040
Treated Water Pump (No. 4)
TW.CRN-60.1000
Bridge Crane Hoist
TW.CRN-60.1000
Bridge Crane Cross Travel
TW.CRN-60.1000
Bridge Crane Long Travel
TW.MOV-60.1000
Actuator Valve (TW discharge pressure)
TW.SP-60.1001
Sample Pump
The Treated Water Pumping Station operation can be remotely monitored and controlled via
PLC-TW and the operator station graphic display located at the Process Control Center (PCC)
in the Chemical Building. The TWPS has full local, manual control.
Local control of the TWPS is from Panel TW.P-60.1001 LCP located at the process
equipment.
Each treated water pump has a LCP mounted Local-Off-Remote selector switch (60.HS1010), a Start Pushbutton (60.HMS-1010), a Stop Pushbutton (60.HMS-1011), a Fault status
indicator (60.YA-1010) and a Run status indicator (60.YL-1010), a High Pressure discharge
alarm status indicator (60.PAH-1010), a Low Pressure discharge alarm status indicator
(60.PAL-1010) and an Alarm Reset Pushbutton (60.HMS-1012) for local control and
monitoring. Each treated water pump has local control capabilities from the LCP mounted
operator devices as outlined below:
LOR Selector Switch (60.HS-1010):

Local mode (L), pump can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons located on the
LCP.
Off mode (O), pump cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator station.
Remote mode (R), pump can be started/stopped via the graphical start/stop poke points and
placed in Hand-Off-Auto mode via the graphical H-O-A poke point located on the operator
station graphic display. Additionally, the pump can be controlled by the PLC in the Auto
mode for start/stop, fast/slow and lead/lag/backup operations as outlined below.
LOR switch mode position (60.HS-1010) is displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

111

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Start/Stop Pushbuttons (60.HMS-1010 / 1011):

The Local LCP Start pushbutton initiates the hard-wired run command via the pump motor
starter run circuit. The Stop pushbutton unlatches the hard-wired run command via the pump
motor starter run circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of
the start/stop control.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector switch is in the
Local mode (L).
The Remote Start/Stop Pushbuttons located on the operator station graphic display perform
the equivalent function as the Local hard-wired Start/Stop Pushbuttons mounted on the LCP
when the Hand-Off-Auto graphical poke point is in the Hand mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector
switch is in the Remote mode (R) and the graphical Hand Off-Auto poke point is in the Hand
mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons initiates the hard-wired run command via the
Pump motor starter run circuit. The PLC discrete output signal (60.HS-1010) is energized
while the pump is called to run and de-energized when called to stop. Reference the Electrical
elementary schematics for requirements of the PLC start/stop control.
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
The Treated Water Pumps are manually placed on and off line by the operator as required to
maintain sufficient level in the EST and adequate pressure on the distribution discharge line.
Status/Alarm Indication:

Fault alarms (YA) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Fault alarms indication (YA) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Fault
conditions.
Pressure alarm (PAH/PAL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be
programmed in the PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR
CONTROL LOGIC. Local panel Pressure alarm indication is generated from the hard-wire
logic in the motor starter circuit must be reset with the Alarm Reset Pushbutton (60.HMS1012) to unlatch the hardwire logic. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for
requirements of the Fault conditions.
Run status (YL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC. .
Local panel Run status indication (YL) is generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Run
status indication.
6.5.16

Service Water System

The Service Water System (SRW) pumps and Service Water tanks are all located on the
operating floor of the filter building, which is located above the pipe gallery. Service water
draws its supply from the TWST chambers, which act as wet wells for the treated water
pumps and service water pumps.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

112

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The Service Water System feeds numerous entities, reference the PID 13/243/7503 for
specific service water distribution points and applications. The system provides 100% standby
capacity for the facility.
The Service Water System has the following equipment:
SRW.P-60.1100
Service Water Pump (No1)
SRW.P-60.1200
Service Water Pump (No2)
SRW.P-60.1300
Service Water Pump (No3)
SRW.P-60.1400
Service Water Pump (No4)
SRW.TK-60.1000
Accumulator Vessel
The Service Water System operation can be remotely monitored and controlled via PLC-TW
and the operator station graphic display located at the Process Control Center (PCC) in the
Chemical Building. The SRW has full local, manual control.
Local control of the SRW is from Panel SRW.SYS-60.1000 VCP located at the process
equipment.
Each Service Water pump has a VCP mounted Local-Off-Remote selector switch (60.HS1100), a Start Pushbutton (60.HMS-1100), a Stop Pushbutton (60.HMS-1101), a Fault (prime)
status indicator (60.YA-1100) for local control and monitoring. Each Service Water pump has
local control capabilities from the VCP mounted operator devices as outlined below.
LOR Selector Switch (60.HS-1100):
Local mode (L), pump can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons located on the
LCP.
Off mode (O), pump cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator station.
Remote mode (R), pump can be started/stopped via the graphical start/stop poke points and
placed in Hand-Off-Auto mode via the graphical H-O-A poke point located on the operator
station graphic display.
Additionally, in the Auto mode, the pump will be controlled by the PLC. During normal
operation, a single pump should be able to supply the demand and keep the Accumulator
Vessel charged under sufficient pressure. In time of peak load, multiple pumps will operate in
a Lead/Lag/Backup configuration based on the operator selected mode. Operation of the
pumps is individually controlled by separate pressure switch settings in 5 PSIG increments
with cut-in and cut-out.
LOR switch mode position (60.HS-1010) is displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Start/Stop Pushbuttons (60.HMS-1100 / 1101):

The Local LCP Start pushbutton initiates the hard-wired run command via the pump motor
starter run circuit. The Stop pushbutton unlatches the hard-wired run command via the pump
motor starter run circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of
the start/stop control.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector switch is in the
Local mode (L).
The Remote Start/Stop Pushbuttons located on the operator station graphic display perform
the equivalent function as the Local hard-wired Start/Stop Pushbuttons mounted on the LCP
when the Hand-Off-Auto graphical poke point is in the Hand mode.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

113

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the LOR selector
switch is in the Remote mode (R) and the graphical Hand Off-Auto poke point is in the Hand
mode.
The operator station Start/Stop Pushbuttons initiates the hard-wired run command via the
Pump motor starter run circuit. The PLC discrete output signal (60.HS-1100) is energized
while the pump is called to run and de-energized when called to stop. Reference the Electrical
elementary schematics for requirements of the PLC start/stop control.
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
Status/Alarm Indication:

Fault alarms (YA) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Fault alarms indication (YA) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Fault
conditions.
Pressure alarm (PAL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in
the PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL
LOGIC. Local panel Pressure alarm indication is generated from the hard-wire logic in the
motor starter circuit must be reset with the Alarm Reset Pushbutton (60.HMS-1012) to
unlatch the hardwire logic. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements
of the Fault conditions.
Run status (YL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
6.5.17

Overflow Holding Tank/Pump Station

The Overflow Holding tank receives flow from three main sources, the CCT overflow, the
Clean Wash water Tank and from the Clarifier overflow. The overflow water is pump to the
existing Irrigation Ditch for use by the locals. The overflow system is required to
hydraulically overcome the variance in elevation between the Treatment Facility and the
Irrigation Ditch.
Reference Process Overflow Process and Instrumentation Diagram 13/223/7501.
The Overflow system has the following equipment:
OF.P-67.1010

Overflow Pump

Local control of the Overflow Pump is from OF.P-67.1010 LCP located at the process
equipment.
The Overflow Pump has a LCP mounted Hand-Off-Automatic selector switch (67.HS-1010),
a Start Pushbutton (67.HMS-1010), a Stop Pushbutton (67.HMS-1011), a Fault status
indicator (67.YA-1010), a Run status indicator (67.YL-1010), a overflow tank High Level
status alarm (67.LAHH-1000), a discharge press Low Level status alarm (67.LALL-1000)
and an Alarm Reset Pushbutton (67.HMS-1012) for local control and monitoring. Each
Overflow Pump has local control capabilities from the LCP mounted operator devices as
outlined below:
HOA Selector Switch (67.HS-1010):
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

114

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Hand mode (H), pump can be started/stopped via the start/stop pushbuttons located on the
LCP.
Off mode (O), pump cannot be started locally at the LCP or from the operator station.
Auto mode (A), pump will be started/stopped via the multi-point level switch (tipping ball)
mounted in the Overflow tank. The level switches are configured as Pump stop (67.LSL1000) and Pump Start (67.LSH-1000).
HOA switch mode position (67.HS-1010) is displayed on the operator station graphic display.
Start/Stop Pushbuttons (67.HMS-1010/67.HMS-1011):

The Local LCP Start pushbutton initiates the hard-wired run command via the Overflow
Pump motor starter run circuit. The Stop pushbutton unlatches the hard-wired run command
via the Overflow Pump motor starter run circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary
schematics for requirements of the start/stop control.
The Local Start/Stop Pushbuttons are operational only when the HOA selector switch is in the
Hand mode (H).
The Run status and elapsed run time are monitored and displayed at the operator station
graphic display.
Status/Alarm Indication:

Fault alarms (YA) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Fault alarms indication (YA) are generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Fault
conditions.
Run status (YL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be programmed in the
PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTROL LOGIC.
Local panel Run status indication (YL) is generated from the hard-wire logic in the motor
starter circuit. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for requirements of the Run
status indication.
Level alarms (LAHH and LALL) indicated at the operator station graphic display shall be
programmed in the PLC logic as described in section II. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR
CONTROL LOGIC. Local panel Level alarm indication is generated from the hard-wire logic
in the motor starter circuit and must be reset with the Alarm Reset Pushbutton (67.HMS1012) to unlatch the hardwire logic. Reference the Electrical elementary schematics for
requirements of the Fault conditions.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

115

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

7. ARCHITECTURAL REPORT AND GENERAL LAYOUT

7.1 Introduction

The project design concept is based on local natural and cultural environment. The plants are
proposed to be located in hot-arid zone with special architectural characteristics related to
local materials such as clay brick and local cultural heritage that will be present in the
architectural project and architectural language. The design concept is manifested in two
different levels, the whole (site layout level) and the part (individual building level). Site
layout concept started from using a symbol reflecting the common elements for all water
treatment plants.
Architectural concept for individual building uses simple functional layouts, that can be
constructed by using local experiences and materials which reflect the continuity between the
past local cultural heritage and present technologies. This will be reflected by using two layers
in treating the elevations. The outer will be simple smooth frame and the inner will be brick
infill with local patterns and arrangements.
7.2 Scope of Work

Scope of architectural work to be undertaken comprises the design of general layout of the
specific site and grouping of buildings according to their functions, process and non-process
buildings, and prepairing designs and working drawings for each individual building for
execution.
Architectural work includes also arrangement of walkways, roads and landscaping of the site.
7.3 Methodology
7.3.1 General criteria

Architectural design shall recognize the separate functions of various building areas, but shall
also integrate these functions into a compatible whole design.
Site layout, building layouts, room arrangements, buildings general massing and elevations
will be based on actual site survey for Wasit irregular shape and dimensions and design a
seperated site for Raw Water Intake and Pump Station .
Minimum ceiling height in all buildings shall be 3.0 meters. Buildings where hoists or crane
are permanently installed, or where temporary hoists are required, shall have heights dictated
by appropriate distances and clearances for the hoisting equipment, hoisting motors, chairs
and hooks equipment being moved and level of receiving vehicle.
The structure shall be functional and practical with emphasis on long life and minimum
maintenance under all conditions, so the architectural language shall convey this sense of
functionality, durability and sustainability.
7.3.2 Support Buildings

Support buildings include Administration, Operations and Laboratory Building (AB),

Maintenance Shop and Spare Parts Storage Building (MB), Guard Building (GB), and Staff
Housing (SB). Project's design concept is based on the local natural and cultural environment.
The plant is located in a hot, arid climatic zone. Architectural themes have been created to
incorporate local materials such as clay brick and the local cultural heritage.
Architectural concept for individual buildings will use simple functional layouts, that can be
constructed by using local craftsmen and building materials and will reflect the continuity
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

116

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

between the past local cultural heritage and present technologies. This will be reflected by
using two layers in treating the elevations, the outer will be simple smooth frame and the
inner will be brick infill with local patterns and arrangement.
7.3.3 Process Buildings
This part of the architectural design criteria is applicable to the process buildings which include Raw
Water Pumping Station (RWPS), Treated Water Pumping Station (TWPS), Wastewater Pumping
Station (WWPS), Chlorine Building (CLB), Chemical building (CB) with outside W.Cs., Filter
Building (FB), and Electrical MCC Building (EB). They will be located in a manner that will
facilitate process operations with a special emphasis on permitting gravity flow through the entire
process. The hydraulic profile will, to a great degree, control the elevations of the process structures.
Process building layouts and arrangement will be provided based on applicable codes, process and
equipment requirements.

Architectural design of the process buildings shall continue the consistent architectural themes
developed for the support buildings while accommodating the unique structural requirements
dictated by the processes. Brick shall be used as an infill between columns. Brick work shall
be plastered with 20mm thick cement/sand plastering. All walls shall be rendered in colours
matching support buildings.Exterior details shall be designed for extended service under
conditions of severe exposure. Expansion joints shall be provided for anticipated building
movements and thermal movement.
7.4.Basis of Design
7.4.1 Codes And Standards

Architectural design shall conform to the following applicable standards and codes:

BS 5359
Stair, Ladder and walkway

BS 4211
Ladder for permanent access to chimney, other high structures, silos
and bins.

BS 12373
Aluminium and aluminium alloys-anodizing

BS 3416
Specifications for bitumen-based coating for cold application suitable
for use in contact with potable water.

BS 6180
Barriers in and about buildings- Code of Practice.

BS 6100
Glossary of building and civil engineering term.

BS 12944
Paint and Varnishes- Corrosion protection of steel structures by
protective paint system.
7.4.2 Primery Elements
7.4.2.1 External walls

All non process building will be constructed using load bearing brickwalls (24 cm thickness)
7.4.2.2 Internal walls

Internal walls will be constructed using 24 cm thickness brickwalls for loadbearing walls and
12 cm thickness for non-load bearing brickwalls.
7.4.2.3 In-situ R.C. floor and roof slabs

The roof slab will be designed as reinforced concrete elements.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

117

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

7.4.3 Finishing
7.4.3.1 Wall finishing

External walls

Finishings are either with white smooth cement plastering, which shall be used as module
framing, or brick cladding with traditional style for filling the panels between the frames.

Internal wall

Finished with painted gypsum plastering or cermatic tiles for the lab and sanitary areas and
changing rooms, epoxy-painted on cement plastering for workshope area, and plastic paint for
adminstration building corridors.
Finishes shall conform to flame spread and smoke developed requirments as per the
applicable building codes.
7.4.3.2 Floor Finishings

Floor will have mosaic tiles in general, non-slip floor ceramic tiles bathrooms & wet areas,
epoxy paint for workshop.
7.4.3.3 Base

Rooms scheduled for sealed concrete floors shall be provided with 100 mm high cement
skirting. Rooms scheduled for tile floors shall be provided with tile base matching floor
finish.
7.4.3.4 Ceilings

Acoustic suspended ceiling will be used in adminstration building. Painted cement plastering
for bathrooms and wet areas. Painted gypsum plastering for the remaining space.
7.4.3.5 Metal works

Mild steel will be used for the construction of main entrance gates, workshop sliding door,
windows screens, staircases and ladders. Steel surfaces will be primed & paint finished
coated. Aluminum sections will be used for all windows and kitchen benches.
7.4.3.6 Carpentry

Timber will be used for internal doors in administration and residential building.
7.4.3.7 Roofing system
Roof system consists of the following:
- Pre-cast concrete roof tiles.
- Sand layer for slopping surfaces
- Insulation layer
- Clear sand layer
- Membrane sheet roofing over reinforced concrete slab
7.4.3.8 Flashing

Pre-cast concrete parapet cap and external window sills will be used. Anodized aluminum at
all locations except stainless steel at corrosive environment.
7.4.3.9 Water proofing

Structural wall beneath ground level shall be cement plastered & coated with water proofing
layers. Damp proof R.C. course shall be used at external and internal ground level, along
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

118

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

external & internal walls. Cementation waterproofing provided at internal side of concrete
tanks. Water prooofing shall be suitable for potable water. Torch applied membrane provided
at exterior side of tanks to prevent groundwater infiltration.
7.4.3.10 Sealants

Outdoor sealing compounds shall be used as follows:

-

Silicones shall be used for sealing vertical joints of concrete structures cast in-situ or of
prefabricated concrete elements, as well as for parametrical seals.

Polyurethane made from two components shall be used for joints in vertical elements and
ceilings, for sealing between dissimilar matrials as well as for the filling of expansion
joints, horizontal joints, for surface subjected to traffic and for concrete joints.
Indoor sealing compounds shall be used as follows:

sealants with an acrylic base shall be used for fixed joints.

Single component polyurethane shall be used where movement of joints are anticipated
due to dynamic loading.

Elastic silicone sealing compounds shall be used to seal the perimeters of sheers, skins,
toilets, and urinals.

7.4.3.11 Doors and Hardware

Heavy-duty hollow metal doors and frames shall be provided at all interior and exterior
location except entrance doors and corrosive enviroments (i.e, chemical rooms and wet
areas).Aluminum doors and frames will be provided at locations in corrosive
enviroments.Door and frame material in chemical enviroments will be selected based upon
the specific chemical present. Aluminum doors and frames shall have anodized finish. Hollow
metal doors and frames shall be factory primed with finished coats applied in field. Hardware
shall be heavy-duty and keying shall be finalized by owner.
7.4.3.12 Windows

Windows shall be of heavy-duty extended aluminum construction. Windows shall be operable

where scheduled. Reinforced glass shall be provided at pass-thru windows.
7.4.3.13 Glass and glazing

All exterior glazing shall be double-pane, tinted, tempered insulated glass. Interior glazing
shall be 6 mm clear tempered glass. Reinforced glass shall be provided at pass-thru window.
7.4.3.14 Fencing

Fencing shall be provided around the perimeter of the water treatment plant. R.C. columns
and brickwork infill with brick cladding shall be used for constructing the fence.
7.4.4 Project Particulars

The project is to design Wasit water treatment plant of 1000m3/hr capacity. The essential
building components of the project are as follows:
7.4.4.1Adminstration building

Building needs different types of space as follows:

-

Entrance and reception hall with reseptionist desk & small office facilities such as copy
machine, fax machine, computer terminal, file cabinet, and stock shelves.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

119

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Offices for DG and five other office persons. Note that types and areas of space had been
taken according to the total number of staff are 24 person (for 1000 m3/h WTP).

Laboratory, with one person (lab manger) for water testing.

Conference/training room for twelve operators.

Office supply stock room

Service facilities (Males/Females WCs with female doubled as disabled), and cleaning
supplies room.

7.4.4.2 Maintenance shop and spare part storage building

The spaces needed for this building are:

- Mechanical maintenance room (with ventilation only) containing portable crane manually
operated, light tools.
- I &C maintenance room (with AC)
- Stock room with shelfs
- Outdoor covered yard.
- Centeralized Male/Female changing rooms/lockers
- Centerlized Male/Female WCs.
- Outside Storage Shade
7.4.4.3 Residentail buildings

The project will have two houses (one with two floors) for operators or other staff members
that will be constructed with load bearing walls and fine finishes. Each contains the following
spaces:
-

2 bedrooms

Shared living/family room

Dining area

Kitchen with breakfast area.

2 bathrooms with one eastern type toilet

Laundry room

Storage room

Shaded area for car.

7.4.4.4 Guard house

The project needs a place for guards dwelling, which must contain the following spaces:
- Entrance and waiting room
- Bed room
- Bathroom
- Kitchen
7.5 Architectural Design and Working Drawings

Architectural drawings shall be submmited in two types, new drawings for site layout,
landscaping and raw water intake pump station and modified drawings for other individual
buildings after checking, modifying their levels and orientation.
The list of drawings to be submmited are as follows:
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

120

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

7.5.1 New Drawings

13-201-4906 & (2510-2513) Wasit site plan and landscaping
13-203-(2201-2206) Raw water intake and pump station
13-203-4013 Chani link fence detail
13-241-4531 Storage shade
7.5.2 Modified Drawings
13-203-(4001-4012) Raw water pump station
13-212-(4001-4017) Rapid Gravity Filters
13-217-(4001-4020) Chlorine Building
13-222-(4001-4015) Waste Water Holding Tank and Pump Station
13-228-(4001-4022) Chemical Building
13-239-(4001-4010) Electrical MCC Building
13-241-(4520-4530) Maintenance Building
13-243-(4001-4014) Treated Water Storage Tank and Treated Water Pump Station
13-245-(4540-4551) Staff Residences
13-246-(4570-4573) Guard Building
13-299-(8202-8206) Architectural Standard Details
13-299-8201 Architectural Symbols
13-299-(8210-8213) & (8215-8216) Doors and Windows types and schedules
13-299-(8214 & 8217) Finishes schedules
13-299-(8218-8219) General Details

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

121

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

8.0 STRUCTURAL WORKS

8.1 Introduction

The objectives of the structural design are to achieve the required safety with the maximum
economy within the architectural, mechanical and electrical requirements.
Safety has been defined according to the requirements of the Local Building Regulations and
the High Standards International Codes. Economical structures could be achieved through the
implementation of the most practical structural systems permitted within the constraints of the
architectural requirements, proper co-ordination with the architectural design to choose a
modular grid that will yield an economical structure, with full attention to avoid costly
construction procedures.
8.2 Design Criteria

The main items of the civil GA and the structural design SOW are indicated as follow:
8.2.1 Design Codes

The building structures will be designed according to sound engineering principles based on
the British Standard Codes listed below. Relevant parts of the following Codes of Practice
will be used as needed for the structural design purposes:
BS 6399-Part 1: 1997

Design load for buildings

BS 6399-Part 3: 1988

Code of practice for imposed roof loads

BS 648: 1964

Schedule of weight of building materials

CP 3: Chapter V: Part 2: 1972

Basic data for the design of buildings, Chapter V.

Loading, Part 2: Wind load

Iraq Seismic Load Code: 1997

BS 4449: 1997

Hot rolled steel bars for the reinforcement of the

concrete

BS 8666: 2000

Scheduling, dimensioning, bending and cutting of

steel reinforcement of concrete

BS 4483: 1998

Steel fabric for the reinforcement of the concrete

BS 5628 Part 1: 1992

Code of practice for use of masonry, Structural use of

un-reinforced masonry

BS 5628 Part 3: 2001

Code of practice for use of masonry, materials

components design and workmanship

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

122

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

BS 6031: 1981

Code of practice for earthworks

BS 8007: 1987

Structural use of concrete for retaining aqueous

liquids

BS 8002: 1994

Code of practice for earth retaining structures

BS 8004: 1986

Code of practice for foundation

BS 8110 Part 1:1997

Structural use of concrete

BS 8110 Part 2: 1985

Structural use of concrete code of practices for

special circumstances

BS 5950 Part 1:2000

Code of practice for design rolled and welded

sections

BS 5950 Part 2:

2001 Specification for materials, fabrication and

erection-rolled and welded sections

BS 5950 Part 5: 1998

Code and practice for design of cold formed thin

gauge sections

BS 5950 Part 6: 1995

Code and practice for design of light gauged profiled

steel sheeting

BS 5950 Part 8:1990

Code and practice for fire resistance design

BS 5950 Part 9: 1994

Code and practice for stressed skin design

BS 4395 Part 1: 1969

High strength friction grip bolts and associated nuts

and washers for structural engineering metrics series,
general grads

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

123

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

BS 4395 Part 2: 1969

Higher grade bolts and nuts and general grade

washers

BS 2573 art 1: 1983

Rules for the design of cranes, specification for

classification stress calculation and design criteria for
structures

BS 2573 Part 1: 1980

Rule for the design of crane, part 2, specification for

classification, stress calculation and design of
mechanisms

8.2.2

Design Software

STAAD-PRO is the computer software which is used for the design of the structures; it is
applied for the structural analysis of the building structures and the design of the reinforced
concrete or steel elements, design of reinforced concrete flat slabs and mat foundations.
8.2.3

Structural Materials

Concrete:

The reinforced concrete compressive strength, for 150x150x150mm standard cubes at 28

days age, shall be as follows:
40 MPa-PRECAST CONCRETE PILES
35 MPa-STRUCTURAL (all process structures)
25 MPa-SITEWORK (curb, gutter, and civil applications)
15 MPa-BUILDING CONCRETE (leveling concrete under footings)
35 MPa-NONSHRINK GROUT
Reinforcing:

- All main reinforcing steel shall be of uncoated deformed high tensile steel bars with a
minimum yield stress of 414 N/mm2.
- All beams stirrups and column ties and hoops shall be mild steel bars with a minimum
yield stress of 275 N/mm2.
- The available reinforcement bar diameters in Iraq are confirmed to be 8, 10, 12, 16, 20
and 25 mm.
Structural steel:

Standard shapes and plates-BS 5950 with high yield strength of 275 N/mm2.

8.2.4

Foundations

The type of foundation, depth and size of footings that can support the building structure will
depend on several factors among these:
-

The floor loading

The combination of dead loads consisting of self-weight of structural elements, floor and
roof finishing materials and partition loads, and the live loads imposed on the floors.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

124

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The number of floors

The information regarding the foundation soil and the recommendations of the site
investigation report, to be prepared for the structures locations, will serve as the bases for
the footing design.

8.2.5

Reinforced Concrete Structures : Design Basis

8.2.5.1 General

Design and detailing of reinforced concrete structures will be in accordance with BS 8110.
Underground structures will be statically checked for flotation. In the case of pits, basins,
manholes and other water retaining structures the factor of safety against flotation may be
increased up to 1.25 by engineering judgment, according to specific site conditions.
8.2.5.2 Design Loads
Dead Loads

The structures are designed for the vertical loads due to the weight of all permanent building
components, such as floors, reinforced concrete walls, plastered concrete block works,
imposed finishing materials, fixed equipments, suspended ceilings, suspended electrical
lighting, piping and duct works, if any.
The unit weight of the materials and components are as defined in BS 648 "Schedule of
weight for building materials" or information from the product supplier giving installed
weights of materials or components.
Live Load

The floors of the buildings are designed for the proper live loads needed to serve the use of
each floor.
Live loads are as defined in BS 6399- Part 1 and Part 3: Design Loading for Buildings.
Wind Load

The wind pressure is to be calculated in accordance with CP3, Chapter V, Part 2, 1972 "Basic
data for Design of Buildings-Wind Loads".
The design wind speed factors will be determined according to each site location and
geographical data.
Structures, such as elevated water tanks, will be designed for a basic wind speed of 45 m/sec.
For design purposes wind will be assumed to come from any direction.
Snow Load

The snow load will be computed according to BS 6399-Part 3, according to the basic snow
loads record in Iraq.
Load Combinations

All reinforced concrete member/elements of buildings/structures as well as their support and

fixing points will be analyzed and designed for load combinations in accordance with BS
8110-Part 1: 1997.
The design of structures for earthquake resistance will be in accordance with Iraq Seismic
Load Code 1997.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

125

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

8.2.5.3 Material Requirements

Cement

Cement for structural reinforced concrete and paving shall be Ordinary Portland Cement
(OPC) complying with BS 12 or equivalent and sulphate resisting Cement (SRC) complying
with BS 4027:1980, according to each project site conditions.
Concrete Cover

Concrete cover thickness to all steel reinforcement including links shall be as follows:
-

for all reinforced concrete members the minimum nominal cover to the reinforcement is
40 mm.

For mechanical and electrical rooms the recommendation of section 4 of BS 8110, Part 2:
1985 regarding the fire protection of structural concrete elements, for a min. 2 hours fire
resistance will be also taken into consideration.

The nominal covers thickness may be increased according to the recommendations of the
soil Investigation Report of each site.

Concrete Protection

Appropriate Concrete Protection system will be designed as per the soil/environmental

condition to which the structural elements are exposed. Underground concrete protection
system will be proposed based on the soil report. In case of a soil condition very hostile to the
concrete structure then a system of concrete protection including the use of appropriate
concrete admixtures (micro silica, corrosion inhibitors etc.), will be proposed as required.
However the minimum protection for concrete in contact with soil in foundations will be
using BITUTHENE 3000 HC membrane system or equivalent.
Above Ground Concrete Protection

Unless a particular finish is specified, all exposed concrete surfaces shall be protected with a
minimum of two coats of UV resistance aliphatic acrylic coating applied as per
manufacturers instructions.
8.2.6

Structural Steel: Design Basis

8.2.6.1 General

Structural steel used in the construction of steel walkways, stairs and canopies and sunshades
for buildings, will follow the provisions of this item.
The design, details, fabrication and erection of structural steel will be in accordance with the
recommendations of BS 5950.
8.2.6.2 Design loads
Dead Loads

The structures will be designed for the vertical loads due to the weight of all permanent
building components, in addition to any collateral loads suspended from the roof as
suspended electrical lighting and piping.
Live Loads

As per the recommendations of the BS codes listed above

Wind Load
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

126

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Same as discussed for the reinforced concrete structures

Load Combinations

All structural steel section members/elements of buildings/structures as well as their supports

and fixing points shall be analyzed and designed in accordance with the relevant BS design
Codes.
8.2.7

Concrete Block Work

Block work will be designed to BS 5628. External walls will be cavity type comprising 150
mm solid concrete externally, a 50mm insulated cavity and 100mm hollow concrete block
internal skin.
Internal partition walls will be minimum 150mm hollow concrete block.
Block work walls will be tied to structural columns and beams using a propriate stainless steel
system that complies with the requirements of BS 5628. Cavity wall ties will also be stainless
steel.
8.2.8

Site Investigation

The purpose of the subsoil investigation is to determine the surface and subsurface conditions
of the project site, the physical, mechanical and chemical properties of the substrata and
groundwater conditions in order to provide the structural engineer with sufficient information
for the design of the most suitable and safe foundations.
Field tests and laboratory testing shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of
British Standards BS 5930 and 1377.
A comprehensive interpretative report shall be prepared including full engineering
recommendations and conclusions for design of foundations, concrete mix &protection,
earthing (electrical resistivity), roads and pavements, surface water drainage, walkways etc.
8.3 Sample of Calculations
Administration Building: Structural Analysis and Design
Loads Calculations:
1. Dead Load
The total dead load on the slab consists from the following:
Reinforced concrete slab (18 cm thick.) = 0.18m 24 kN/m3
= 4.32 kN/m2
Clean earth (15 cm thick.) = 0.15m 18 kN/m3
= 2.7 kN/m2
3
Concrete tiles (80804cm) = 0.04m 24 kN/m
= 0.96 kN/m2
Total Dead Load
= 7.98 kN/m2
2. Live Load
Live Load (including false ceiling load) = 2 kN/m2
3. Earthquake Load
According to Iraqi Seismic Code /97, it was decided to consider zone II for calculations of earthquake
loading.

V = Z I S KW

where:
V
= Total horizontal shear
Z
= Seismic zone factor (Z = 0.07 for zone II).
I
= Importance factor (I=1.25).
S
= Soil coefficient (S=1.0)
W
= Total weight of the structure.
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

127

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

K
= Structural coefficient (K=1.0)
Hence:
V = 0.071.251.01.0W = 0.0875 W
V= 0.0875x4200 = 368 kN
Load per floor joint (refer to input file) = 368/31 = 11.85 kN say 12.0 kN
Analysis and Design
-

Input data are given in Appendix (A)

Output data including analysis and design are give in Appendix (B)

Slab design is given in Appendix (C).

Lx = 2.8m

Footing Design
Footing of grid line (A-3) Node 3:

x
Lz = 2.8m

P = 440.8 kN
Mz =33.9 kN.m

N.G.L. = -0.1
1m
0.5 m

2.8 m

Footing dimensions (2.8m2.8m)

q allowable = allowable bearing capacity = 75 kN/m2
P1 = Total unfactored dead and live loads without partitions = 285.8 kN
P2 = Partitions load = 132 kN
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

128

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

P3 = soil load = 23 kN
Total load (P) = 285.8 + 132 + 23 = 440.8 kN
Mx = 25.5 kN.m
Mz = 33.9 kN.m
q max,

min

= soil pressure =

P 6ez 6ex

A
Lz
Lx

A = 2.8m2.8m = 7.84 m2

ez =

Mz
33.8
=
= 0.077 m
P
440.8

ex =

Mx
25.5
=
= 0.0579 m
P
440.8

q max =

440.8 6 0.077 6 0.0579

2
2
+
1 +
= 72.5 kN/m < 75 kN/m O.K.
7.84
2.8
2.8

q min =

440.8 6 0.077 6 0.0579

2
2

1
= 40.0 kN/m < 75 kN/m (no tension zone) O.K.
7.84
2.8
2.8

Checking Footing Thickness

For the one-way shear action:
Total footing thickness = 500mm
d = Effective depth = 500-70-25 = 405 mm
Vu = Total factored load = 596 kN
Vc= Concrete shear strength = 1020 kN > Vu O.K.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

129

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Footing of grid line (A-1) Node 1:

Lx = 2.8m

x
Lz = 2.8m

P = 308 kN
Mz =28 kN.m

N.G.L. = -0.1
1m
0.5 m

2.8 m

Footing dimensions (2.8m2.8m)

q allowable = allowable bearing capacity = 75 kN/m2
P1 = Total unfactored dead and live loads without partitions = 175 kN
P2 = Partitions load = 110 kN
P3 = soil load = 23 kN
Total load (P) = 175 + 110 + 23 = 308 kN
Mx = 26 kN.m
Mz = 28 kN.m
q max,

min

= soil pressure =

P 6ez 6ex

A
Lz
Lx

A = 2.8m2.8m = 7.84 m2

ez =

Mz
28
=
= 0.09 m
P
308

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

130

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

ex =

Mx
26
=
= 0.084 m
P
308

q max =

308 6 0.09 6 0.084

+
1 +
= 53.8 kN/m2 < 75 kN/m2 O.K.
7.84
2.8
2.8

q min =

308 6 0.09 6 0.084

1
= 24.75 kN/m2 < 75 kN/m2 (no tension zone) O.K.
7.84
2.8
2.8

Checking Footing Thickness

For the one-way shear action:
Total footing thickness = 500mm
d = Effective depth = 500-70-25 = 405 mm
Vu = Total factored load = 477.4 kN
Vc= Concrete shear strength = 1020 kN > Vu O.K.

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

131

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Footing of grid line (B/C-1) Nodes (45 and 46):

Lx = 1.6 m

x
Lz = 4.25m

z
P = 570 kN
Mz =2.3 kN.m

N.G.L.
1m
0.5 m

1.6m
Footing dimensions (4.25m1.6m)
q allowable = allowable bearing capacity = 75 kN/m2
P1 = Total unfactored dead and live loads without partitions ( P cols.)= 195+217=417 kN
P2 = Partitions load = 103kN
P3 = soil load = 50 kN
Total load (P) = 417+ 103 + 50 = 570 kN
Mx = 20.1 kN.m
Mz = 2.3 kN.m
q max,

min

= soil pressure =

P 6ez 6ex
1

A
Lz
Lx

A = 4.251.6m = 6.8 m2

Mz
2 .3
=
= 0.004 m
P
570
M
20.1
= 0.035 m
ex = x =
P
570
ez =

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

132

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

q max =

570 6 0.035 6 0.004

2
2
+
1 +
= 74.61 kN/m < 75 kN/m O.K.
6 .8
4.25
4.25

q min =

1268 6 0.025 6 0.025

2
2

1
= 62.2 kN/m < 75 kN/m (no tension zone) O.K.
18
5
5

Checking Footing Thickness

For the two-way shear action:
Total footing thickness = 500mm
d = Effective depth = 500-70-25 = 405 mm
Vu = Total factored load = 1902 kN
Vc= Concrete shear strength = 2240 kN > Vu O.K.

d/2

d/2

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

133

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Footing of grid line (B/C-5) Nodes (45 and 46):

Lx = 3.6 m

x
Lz = 5m

z
P = 1268 kN
Mz =31 kN.m

N.G.L.
1m
0.5 m

3.6m

Footing dimensions (5.0m3.6m)

q allowable = allowable bearing capacity = 75 kN/m2

P1 = Total unfactored dead and live loads without partitions ( P cols.)= 468+500=968 kN
P2 = Partitions load = 240 kN
P3 = soil load = 60 kN
Total load (P) = 968+ 240 + 80 = 1268 kN
Mx = 31 kN.m
Mz = 31.5 kN.m
q max,

min

= soil pressure =

P 6ez 6ex
1

A
Lz
Lx

A = 5.03.6m = 18 m2

ez =

Mz
31
=
= 0.025 m
1268
P

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

134

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

ex =

M x 31.5
=
= 0.025 m
1268
P

q max =

1268 6 0.025 6 0.025

2
2
+
1 +
= 74.61 kN/m < 75 kN/m O.K.
18
5
5

q min =

1268 6 0.025 6 0.025

2
2

1
= 62.2 kN/m < 75 kN/m (no tension zone) O.K.
18
5
5

Checking Footing Thickness

For the two-way shear action:
Total footing thickness = 500mm
d = Effective depth = 500-70-25 = 405 mm
Vu = Total factored load = 1902 kN
Vc= Concrete shear strength = 2240 kN > Vu O.K

d/2

d/2

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

135

4/11/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

12
11
49
10

30

8
19
29

17
27

40

14
55
39

1
38

48

26
37

15
25
36

52
24
51

13

47

16

56

442

41

54

4
53

3
28

45

42

20

18

32

31

43

50

21

22

35

23

46
34
Y
X

33

Load 1

Fig.(1) Administration Building (node numbering)

136
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

43

5
11

60 49
61

42

16

10
48
3

40

14
46

13

39

27

45

56
57

12
44 21
58

18

22

7
38

52

37

29

47

32

54

20

24

9
2

63

15

41

55

25 62

53
23 19
64
67 28
66

31
36

70
65
69

35

51

17

68

26
59
50

30
34

X
Z

33
Load 1

Fig.(2) Administration Building (beam numbering)

137
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

105.279 kN
-31.540 kN

133.507 kN
-14.407 kN
-113.677 kN

86.010 kN
30.230 kN
-132.563 kN

132.312 kN
-30.763 kN
-85.833 kN

124.664 kN
7.164 kN
-133.758 kN

38.849 kN
-116.609 kN

-31.540 kN

-14.407 kN

30.230 kN

-30.763 kN

7.164 kN

38.849 kN

Y
Z

Load 5 : Shear Y
Force - kNm

Fig.(3) Shear Force Diagram for the frame along grid A and between (1 and 7)

138
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

42.038 kNm

8
-93.539 kNm

9
-127.642 kNm

10
-56.757 kNm

11

12
-109.482 kNm

-127.114 kNm

21.013 kNm

-29.941 kNm

28.978 kNm

-15.355 kNm

Y
Z

Load 5 : Bending Z
Moment - kNm

Fig.(4) Bending Moment Diagram for the frame along grid A and between (1 and 7)

139
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

-52.098 kNm

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

357.146 kN
108.901 kN
8.782 kN
-77.446 kN
-147.764 kN

-14.445 kN
-127.693 kN

262.052 kN
11.317 kN

-11.919 kN

-371.595 kN

8.782 kN

-14.445 kN

369.663 kN

11.317 kN

-264.599 kN

-11.919 kN

154.330 kN
13.787 kN

143.320
kN kN
88.976
-6.638 kN
-126.053 kN

-359.077 kN

13.787 kN

-6.638 kN

Y
Z

Load 5 : Shear Y
Force - kNm

Fig.(5) Bending Moment Diagram for the frame along grid B and between (1 and 7)

140
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

17

78.629 kNm 88.617 kNm

43
18

19

20
-38.679 kNm

-379.854 kNm

21

75.426 kNm
30.537 kNm
49
22

-379.649 kNm

7.791 kNm

12.482 kNm

-10.003 kNm

10.273 kNm

-12.166 kNm

-5.661 kNm

45

13

14

15

16

47

Y
Z

Load 5 : Bending Z
Moment - kNm

Fig.(6) Bending Moment Diagram for the frame along grid B and between (1 and 7)

141
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Piles Calcualtions
Overflow Holding Tank and Pumping Station:
Design Data:

Unit weight of concrete = 24 KN/m3

Unit weight of water = 10 KN/m3
Unit weight of soil = 19.4 KN/m3
Check Floatation Condition:
Total uplift load
=18.2 13.2 6.35 10 kN/m3
=15256 kN
Total Reservoir Resistance Loads:

R.C. Raft = 19 . 4 14 . 4 0 . 75 2 4 = 5028 kN

R.Cwalls = (17 .6 + 12 .6 ) 2 0 .6 5 .9 24 = 5132 kN
Soil above toe = (18.8 + 13.8) 2 0.6 5.6 19.4 = 4250 kN
Tensile capacity of pile = 120 kN
Total pile resistance for uplift = 120 110 = 13200 kN
Total Resistance for uplift = 5028 + 5132 + 4250 + 13200 =27610 kN
Factor of safety against uplift = 27610/15256 = 1.8 (o.k.)
Check Piles Capacity:
Max. precast pile capacity (285285 mm / 12 meter embedded length)=300 kN
Weight of water = 17 12 5.6 10 = 11424 kN
Total applied Load = 11424 + 5028 + 5132 + 4250 = 25834 kN
Load / pile = 25834/110 = 235 kN < 300 kN (o.k.)
Check Foundation Depth:
Check two way actions for one pile (critical case)
d = 0.675 m
Ppile=1.4250 = 350 kN = Vu
Total concrete shear strength

Vc = 4297

kN > Vu

The Thickness of Raft is sufficient.

142
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

8.4 Structural and Civil Drawings

The standard design drawings for a water treatment plant (1000 m3/hr) prepared previously
have been used as base drawings for preparing Wasit water treatment plant for the same capacity.
All the structural drawings for process and non-processes have been illustrated and all the necessary
changes regarding to the civil GA design, foundation design and structural design are adopted in the
present structural drawings submittal. The main changes have been done in drawings are:

Illustrated all the civil general arrangement drawings to be matching with the mechanical
drawings.

Illustrated all the structural design drawings for all process and non-process buildings and
modify drawings accordingly as indicated in the list of the modified drawings table shown
below.

New structural design of the raw water intake buildings.

Changing drawings levels to matching the existing site survey.

Modify the foundations to be matching the existing soil bearing capacity.

Below list of revised and non-revised drawings:

13-207-2001
13-207-2002
13-207-2003
13-212-2006
13-212-2007
13-212-2008
13-203-3103
13-203-3104
13-206-3001
13-206-3002
13-206-3003
13-206-3004
13-217-3001
13-217-3004
13-217-3005
13-236-3802
13-236-3803
13-236-3804
13-236-3805
13-236-3806
13-236-3807
13-236-3808
13-241-3822
13-241-3823

13-241-3824
13-241-3825
13-241-3826
13-241-3827
13-241-3828
13-241-3829
13-245-3842
13-245-3843
13-245-3844
13-246-3882
13-246-3883
13-299-3004
13-222-2001
13-222-2002
13-222-2003
13-222-2004
13-223-2001
13-223-2002
13-228-2003
13-244-2001
13-244-2002
13-244-2003
13-244-2004
13-203-3001

Non-Revised Drawings
13-203-2002
13-212-3007
13-203-3005
13-212-3008
13-203-3008
13-212-3009
13-203-3013
13-212-3010
13-203-3014
13-212-3013
13-207-3001
13-212-3014
13-207-3002
13-212-3015
13-207-3003
13-212-3016
13-207-3004
13-212-3017
13-207-3005
13-212-3018
13-207-3006
13-212-3019
13-207-3007
13-212-3020
13-207-3008
13-212-3021
13-207-3009
13-212-3022
13-207-3010
13-212-3023
13-207-3011
13-212-3024
13-207-3012
13-212-3025
13-207-3013
13-222-3001
13-207-3014
13-222-3002
13-212-3001
13-222-3003
13-212-3002
13-222-3004
13-212-3003
13-222-3006
13-212-3005
13-222-3007
13-212-3006
13-222-3008

13-222-3009
13-222-3010
13-222-3011
13-222-3012
13-222-3013
13-228-3002
13-228-3004
13-228-3005
13-228-3007
13-228-3010
13-228-3011
13-228-3012
13-229-3001
13-229-3002
13-229-3003
13-229-3004
13-229-3005
13-229-3006
13-229-3007
13-229-3008
13-229-3009
13-229-3010
13-229-3011
13-229-3012

13-243-3003
13-243-3004
13-243-3005
13-243-3006
13-243-3007
13-243-3008
13-243-3009
13-243-3010
13-244-3001
13-244-3002
13-244-3003
13-244-3004
13-244-3005
13-244-3006
13-244-3007
13-244-3008
13-299-3001
13-299-3002
13-299-3003

143
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

13-207-2004
13-212-2001
13-212-2002
13-212-2003
13-212-2004
13-212-2005
13-217-2001
13-217-2002

13-229-2001
13-229-2002
13-243-2201
13-243-2202
13-243-2203
13-243-2204
13-217-3002
13-217-3003

Revised Drawings
13-223-3001
13-203-3102
13-223-3002
13-203-3105
13-223-3003
13-228-2001
13-236-3801
13-228-2002
13-241-3821
13-203-3003
13-245-3841
13-203-3004
13-246-3881
13-212-3004
13-203-3101
13-212-3011

13-212-3012
13-222-3005
13-228-3001
13-228-3003
13-228-3006
13-228-3008
13-228-3009
13-239-3003

13-203-3006
13-203-3007
13-203-3009
13-203-3010
13-203-3011
13-203-3012
13-231-3003

8.5 General description of civil works

8.5.1 Non process Buildings

Maintenance Building:

This building consists of one-story reinforced concrete frames infill with brick walls. The
building has been modeled as a three-dimensional frames using ready-made package program
STAAD Pro. The design was carried out according to BS8110. The building was analyzed
under several load combinations of dead, live, and earthquake loads. The foundation consists
of separate footing connected together using under ground beams.

Administration Building

This building consists of one-story reinforced concrete frames infill with brick walls. The
building has been modeled as a three-dimensional frames using ready-made package program
STAAD Pro. The design was carried out according to BS8110. The building was analyzed
under several load combinations of dead, live, and earthquake loads. The foundation consists
of separate footing connected together using under ground tie beams.

Resident Building and Guard House

This building consists of one-story bearing brick walls. The design was carried out according
to BS8110. The building was analyzed under load combinations of dead and live loads. The
foundation consists of continuous strip footing.
8.5.2

Process Buildings
Raw Water Intake

The raw water intake structure is a pier structure with a reinforced concrete deck, steel
support columns and a frame designed to support the steel intake screen assemblies. The
identical screens are cylindrical wire-wound devices which are cleaned by an air burst
cleaning system. The screen cylinders may be lifted from their normal position to a
maintenance position via vertical guide rails on the pier. A manually operated jib crane with a
motorized hoist is used to lift the screens. The jib crane can traverse in order to transfer a
screen onto or off of a small truck which can access the end of the pier. The screens, which
are installed below the minimum expected river level, are protected from contact by water
craft and large debris by submerged piles on their upstream sides.

Raw Water Pumping Station

The raw water pumping station (RWPS) is located on the river bank. It consists of an above
ground pump room, two electrical rooms and an operators room. The pump room is located
144
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

above the wet well. The pier structure supporting the intake screens extends out from the bank
into the river and runs along the north side of the RWPS. The inlet pipes from the screens
terminate in the wet well.
The RWPS structure is reinforced concrete below grade. Above grade the structure is
composed of reinforced concrete beams and columns with non-load-bearing masonry walls.
The roof is a reinforced concrete slab.
Major equipment housed in the building are the raw water pumps, the screen cleaning air
compressor, the electrical switchgear, the motor control centre (MCC) power panels and local
control panels. The substation transformers, standby diesel generator and fuel storage tank
are located outside adjacent to the RWPS.

Chemical Disperser

Alum is mixed with the raw water via an in-line chemical disperser equipped with a direct
driven agitator with electrical motor, coagulant distribution manifold with isolating and nonreturn valves, and vanes to aid dispersion all located in the raw water pipe upstream of the
flocculators. The disperser is contained in a below ground chamber which also contains a bypass and isolating valves.

Clarifiers

Raw water is pumped from the RWPS to the clarifiers, entering the splitter box located at the
head end of the structure. There are two identical flocculation/clarification trains. Each train
contains three flocculation chambers and a clarifier chamber. Raw water flows through the
three baffled flocculation chambers where it is slowly mixed to encourage flocculation. The
water then enters the lamella clarifier chamber in which the flocculated solids settle out, and
are discharged under head to the wastewater tank. The clarifier effluent streams join in a
common outlet channel which becomes the common inlet channel for the filters.
The entire structure is reinforced concrete and open at the top. The trains share a common
centre dividing wall and cannot be cross-connected downstream of the splitter.
Major equipment located in the structure are the flocculator mixers, lamella separation units,
clarifier scrapers, power panels and local control panels.

Filter Building

The filter building is located downstream of the clarifiers. It consists of the common inlet
channel, five filter chambers, the common backwash channel, the common filtered water
channel, the clean wash water tank, the pipe gallery, and the operating floor. Each filter
chamber consists of filter media, backwash launders, under drains and backwash channels.
The control room, air scour blowers, service water pumps, service water tanks, and sample
pumps area are all located on the operating floor which is located above the pipe gallery. The
main control console is located in the control room. The backwash pumps are located in the
pipe gallery.
Settled water enters the common inlet channel and is routed to each of the five filter units via
a motor-operated penstock, the filter inlet weir and a scour-avoiding baffle wall. The water
passes through the dual-media filter to the under drain area below the nozzle floor. From the
under drain area the filtered water enters the filtered water pipe which passes through the pipe
145
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

gallery and discharges into the filtered water channel via a weir box. The filtered water
channel is connected to the chlorine contact tank via yard piping.
The clean wash water tank is filled via a motorized weir from the common filtered water
channel. The backwash pumps take suction on the clean wash water tank and discharge into
the individual filtered water pipes. When the filter is backwashed, dirty wash water enters the
launders above the filter media and flows into the backwash channel which is separated from
the filter media by the backwash weir. From the backwash channel, dirty wash water flows
into the common backwash channel via a motor-operated penstock where it gravitates to the
wastewater holding tank via yard piping. Following backwashing, the filters may be ripened
and the rinse water produced during this process is diverted from the individual filtered water
pipes to the wastewater holding tank.
The filter building structure is reinforced concrete below grade and above grade up to the top
of the filters and the operating floor. Above the filters and operating floor, the structure is
composed of reinforced concrete beams and columns with non-load-bearing masonry walls.
The roof is a reinforced concrete slab. Under drain access is via a manway from the pipe
gallery.
Additional equipment housed in the building include power panels, local control panels, and
the traveling crane.

Chlorine Contact Tank

The chlorine contact tank (CCT) is located downstream of the filters. It tank consists of two
mirrored chambers and a pipe gallery. Filtered water, injected with chlorine enters pipe
gallery from the yard where the flow is split to each contact tank. Treated water makes its way
down the U-shaped tank and overflows a weir to the outlet sump. From the outlet sump, the
flows are combined into a single outlet pipe in the pipe gallery. There is a valve chamber at
the opposite end of the tank from the pipe gallery which also serves as an overflow chamber.
The structure is located below grade, is covered and constructed entirely of reinforced
concrete.

Treated Water Storage Tank

Treated water flows from the CCT to the treated water storage tank (TWST) via yard piping.
The TWST is a two-chamber, reinforced concrete tank located partially below grade. The
structure is covered and constructed entirely of reinforced concrete.

Treated Water Pumping Station

The treated water pumping station (TWPS) consists of a pump room located above a twochamber wet well. Treated water flows from each chamber of the TWST to the TWPS wet
wells via two short yard pipes. Each wet well chamber serves two treated water pumps.
The TWPS structure is reinforced concrete below grade. Above grade the structure is
composed of reinforced concrete beams and columns with non-load-bearing masonry walls.
The roof is a reinforced concrete slab.
Additional equipment housed in the building include power panels and local control panels.

Chemical Building

The chemical building consists of the alum storage area, two alum mixing chambers and a
room for installation of a future polyelectrolyte system.
146
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The structure is composed of reinforced concrete slab-on-grade, beams and columns with
non-load-bearing masonry walls. The roof is a reinforced concrete slab. The mixing
chambers are constructed of reinforced concrete.
Bagged alum is loaded into crane-mounted hopper and dumped via an inlet basket into the
mixing chambers. The alum is dissolved in water supplied by the service water system. Each
chamber has a single motor-driven mixer with an adjustable-speed gearbox. The alum
solution is pumped into the raw water pipeline upstream of the flash mixer by two dosing
pumps. Either dosing pump can draw from either mixing chamber. Additional equipment
housed in the building includes a manually-operated crane, power panels and local control
panels.

Chlorine Building

The chlorine building consists of the chlorine drum storage area, the equipment room, and the
chlorinator room. The chlorine scrubber system is located outside adjacent to the chlorine
building. Chlorine drums are loaded and unloaded with a traveling crane equipped with a
motorized hoist. Liquid chlorine is vaporized and metered to the raw water ejector where it
dissolved in motive water, supplied by motive water pumps which draw from the common
filtered water channel. The building is ventilated to a chlorine scrubber system which
neutralizes atmospheric chlorine with a recirculation caustic soda solution.
The structure is composed of reinforced concrete slab-on-grade, beams and columns with
non-load-bearing masonry walls. The roof is a reinforced concrete slab. Additional
equipment housed in the building include power panels and local control panels.

Electrical MCC Building

The electrical MCC building consists of two electrical rooms, one containing the main 11KV
switchgear and the other containing the MCC, associated electrical components, and power
panels.
The structure is composed of reinforced concrete slab-on-grade, beams and columns with
non-load-bearing masonry walls. The roof is a reinforced concrete slab. Additional
equipment located outside adjacent to the building include the two main substation
transformers, the standby diesel generator and fuel storage tank.

Wastewater Holding Tank

Wastewater flows from the flocculator/clarifiers and filters to the wastewater holding tank
(WWHT) via yard piping. Minor process drains also flow from other process buildings to the
WWHT. Tank contents are prevented from settling by a motor-driven mixer equipped with a
variable speed gearbox.
The WWHT is a single-chamber, reinforced concrete tank located partially below grade. The
structure is partially covered and constructed entirely of reinforced concrete.

Wastewater Pumping Station

The wastewater pumping station (WWPS) consists of a pump room located adjacent to the
WWHT Three wastewater pumps transfer wastewater from the WWHT to the river outfall via
the wastewater pipeline.
The WWPS structure is reinforced concrete below grade. Above grade the structure is
composed of reinforced concrete beams and columns with non-load-bearing masonry walls.
The roof is a reinforced concrete slab.
147
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

9. ANCILLARY WORKS

9.1 Geotechnical Report

9.1.1 Introduction

The main ground investigation undertaken at Dujailah site was carried out between 27th to
30th of October 2007. The investigations include sinking exploratory holes, performing insitu
testing and laboratory testing on selected samples.
The purpose of the investigation was to obtain information on the ground and ground water
condition at the proposed site and the physical, mechanical and chemical properties of the
foundation materials to enable the design and construction of the proposed structures.
The scope of the site works comprised drilling a total of six boreholes in the proposed
treatment plant and intake. Location and depth of each borehole are presented in the following
table:
Borehole No.

Location

Depth (m) b.g.l

BH1

Treatment Plant

20

BH2

Treatment Plant

20

BH3

Treatment Plant

15

BH4

Intake

15

BH5

Treatment Plant

10

BH6

Treatment Plant

10

The locations of the boreholes are shown in Figure 9.1.1

All of the boreholes were constructed on land using continuous flight auger drilling method.
Disturbed, undisturbed and split spoon samples were obtained from the boreholes. The
undisturbed samples were obtained using Shelby tubes 100 mm diameters from which
undisturbed samples for shear and consolidation tests were obtained.
Standard Penetration Tests (SPTs) were carried out at various depths in the boreholes. The tests
were performed in accordance with ASTM D-1586. Knowing the N values, the relative density
of a cohesionless soil and the consistency of a cohesive soil can be determined.
9.1.2 Laboratory Works
Routine geotechnical laboratory testing for determining physical, mechanical and chemical
properties was carried out on selected disturbed and undisturbed soil and water samples
recovered from boreholes. All soil samples were tested at the soil mechanics laboratory in the
College of Engineering, University of Baghdad.

The scope of the laboratory testing is summarized in Table 9.1.1.

148
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Figure 9.1.1: Locations of Boreholes.

149
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Table 9.1.1 Summary of Laboratory Testing

Type

Test

No. of tests

Atterberg Limits
LL and PL
Classification

Grain Size

Sieve

Analysis

Hydrometer

13

Testing
Standard

ASTM D 4318

18
ASTM D 422
12
BS 1377: 1990

Specific Gravity

25

Natural Water Content

36

ASTM D 2216

Unit Weight

19

BS1377:1990

Unconfined

ASTM D 2850

Triaxial (UU) Test

ASTM D2166

Direct Shear Test

ASTM D3080

ASTM D2435

Part 2

Physical properties

Strength

Compressibility

Chemical

One Dimensional Consolidation

Test
Sulphate Content

25

Organic Matter Content

25

BS 1377: 1990

Total Soluble Salts (TSS)

25

Part 3 and Earth

Gypsum Content

25

Manual

Chloride Content

25

pH, Cl, ,SO4 and TDS

for Water

9.1.3

BS 1377:1990
Part 3

Stratigraphy

The test borings showed that the site is covered with agricultural soil consists of clayey silt
with organics and roots. This layer extended to a depth of about 0.4m from the natural ground
level. From the soil profile it can be seen that the silty CLAY to clayey SILT and sandy silty
CLAY material is the most abundant constituent of the soil sequence with pockets and thin
layers of silty SAND to silty or clayey SAND occur at different places of most boreholes. In
general speaking it can be seen that the cohesive soil can be found at the upper layer of up to
5.0 meter from the natural ground level. On the other hand a thick layer of cohesionless soil
was noticed at a depth of 5.0 to 10.5m at some places (see Fig. 9.1.2).
150
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

9.1.4

Groundwater

Groundwater was encountered in all of the boreholes during drilling at level varies from 2.60
to 2.95 m.b.g.l at the treatment plant site. The ground water level at intake site (B.H.4) is 2.90
m.b.g.l.

Figure 9.1.2 (a): Soil Profile for BH1, BH2 and BH3.

Figure 9.1.2 (b): Soil Profile for BH5, BH6 and BH1.
151
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Figure 9.1.2 (c): Soil Profile for BH 4.

9.1.5

Soil Classification and Identification

Textural Classification: The M.I.T. classification was used to texturally classify

the soil. The cohesive soil was found to range from silty clay to clayey silt and
sandy silty clay at some locations. For cohesionless soil, the grain size distribution
curves indicate that the soil is poorly graded SAND (SP) to SAND with silt or clay
(SP-SM and SP-SC).

Atterberg Limits: The results of Atterberg limits and indices as well as some
physical properties are given in Table 9.1.2. According to the Unified Soil
Classification System, most of the cohesive soil are clayey soil with low plasticity
(CL).

The liquidity index, LI, has been proposed as a measure of quantifying

liquefaction problem. Values of LI 1 are indicative of a liquefaction or quick
potential. Values of LI in Table 9.1.2, less than zero indicate also that the
consistency of the soil is in a semi-solid or solid state, while other values indicate
that the soil is in a plastic state.
Activity of clay given in Table 9.1.2, which is the ratio of plasticity index to clay
content, is a measure of degree to which soil will exhibit colloidal behavior.
152
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Values of Activity in Table 5.1 less than 0.75 are termed inactive clays. Normally
active clays have activities between 0.75-1.25. The samples with activity more
than 1.25 are active clays.

Standard Penetration Test (SPT): Referring to the relationships presented in

Figure 9.1.3; the soil profile may be classified into two layers: the upper layer
(0.4-8.0) m consists of stiff to hard soil and the second layer (8.0-20.0) m consist
mainly from very stiff to hard soil.
Table 9.1.2: Physical Properties of the Soil

Depth (m)
B.H.
No. From

0.3
1.5
2.5
4.5
6.0
7.5
8.0
10.5
11.0
15.0
15.5
18.0
19.5
1.5
2.0
6.0
6.5
10.5
14.5
15.0
19.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
4.5
5.0
5.5

To

1.5
2.0
3.0
5.0
7.5
8.0
9.0
11.0
11.5
15.5
16.0
19.5
20.0
2.0
2.5
6.5
7.0
11.0
15.0
16.5
20.0
2.0
2.5
4.5
5.0
5.5
7.5

Soil Classification & Identification

n
%

Gs

Atterberg
Limits
LL PL PI

Consistency

Sieve & Hydrometer

USCS

LI

Gravel Sand Silt Clay

%
%
%
%

2.74
29.71
29
31
2.64
2.73
21.22 2.74
18.7
25.26 2.76
26.76
2.61
29.77 2.77
24.44
26.68
21.37
27.35 2.77
24.17 2.79
20.28 2.80
2.67
21.37
25.05
32.65 2.71

20
20

9
11

SP-SC

87

11

SP

93

CL

49

44

CL
CL

0
0

7
25

76
72

17
3

SP-SC

89

CL

1
1

13
93

25.2

33

22

11 0.647

0.222

28

20

0.171

45

20

25

0.202

24.32
24.02

SP-SM

60

26
6

2.64
153

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Depth (m)
B.H.
No. From

9.0
9.5
12.0
14.5
1.5
2.0
4.5
5.0
9.0
9.5
10.0
12.0
14.5
0.3
1.5
2.0
2.5
4.5
5.0
9.0
9.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
4.5
5.0
7.5
9.5

Soil Classification & Identification

n
%

To

9.5
10.0
14.5
15.0
2.0
2.5
5.0
5.5
9.5
10.0
12.0
14.5
15.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
4.5
5.0
5.5
9.5
10.0
2.0
2.5
4.5
5.0
5.5
9.0
10.0

Gs

Atterberg
Limits
LL PL PI

18.38
31.11 2.79
2.68
27.51
18.86 2.75
25.00
22.96
25.65 2.68

Consistency
A

LI

32
31

21
19

11
12

0.919

41

20

21

-0.054

36
30

19
22

Sieve & Hydrometer

USCS

17
8

0.233
0.456

Gravel Sand Silt Clay

%
%
%
%

SP-SC

88

CL
SP-SC

0
1

2
90

57
7

41
2

SP

92

CL

69

27

CL

16

70

14

SP-SM

CL

1
0

91
14

6
69

2
17

CL

90

89

SP

96

26.43 2.78
2.68
2.79
30.78
31.34
23.68 2.77
19.72
23.08 2.65
2.71
22.31 2.77
31.44
32.3
2.72
21.6
28.86 2.80
2.64
22.66 2.71

40

22

18

29

21

28

20

0.519

The Liquidity Index and Activity are calculated as follows

Liquidity Index L.I . =
Activity A =

n P .L.
P.I .

P .I .
clay fraction

LL: Liquid Limit

154
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

PL: Plastic Limit

PI: Plasticity Index
n : Natural Water Content
Average corrected SPT values, N
0

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Depth, m

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Fig. 9.1.3 Variation of Corrected SPT with Depth

9.1.6

Shear Strength Parameters

Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS) as well as Unconsolidated Undrained Triaxial Tests

(UU) on undisturbed samples obtained during drilling has been carried out. Also direct shear
test has been performed on prepared cohesioless soil samples.
The results are shown in Table 9.1.3. The UCS values ranged from 93 to 225 kPa with an
average value of 136 kPa at 1.5 to 15.0m depth. The values of undrained shear strength of
cohesive soil obtained from UU Triaxial test were ranging from 33 to 60 kPa and the range of
the angle of shearing resistance 0.0 to 3.7 degrees.
On the other hand, the values of undrained cohesion obtained from direct shear test were
ranging from 0.0 to 36.0 kPa and the range of the angle of shearing resistance 19 to 44
degrees.
The recommended value of UCS for the design of shallow foundation purposes is 80 kPa for
the water treatment plant and intake.
9.1.7 Soil Compressibility
155
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Consolidation test were carried out to assess the compressibility of the soil. The
overconsolidation ratio OCR is slightly greater than 1.0. So the soil is slightly
overconsolidated to normally consolidated.
Values of compression index and swelling index are shown in Table 9.1.4. The ranges of
compression index varies from 0.147 to 0.217 and swelling index (0.017 to 0.023).
Table 9.1.3 Results of Shear Strength Tests
Shear Test
BH
No.

1
2
3

Depth
(m)

t
kN/m3

n
%

1.5-2.0

19.28
19.53
19.87
19.00
20.00
19.60
19.05
19.95
18.96
19.77
19.92
19.00
20.50
21.06
19.73
20.18
19.98

29.71
21.22
25.26
24.44
21.37
25.05
24.32
18.38
18.86
22.96
26.43
31.34
19.72
24.65
31.44
21.60
26.85

10.5-11.0
15.0-15.5

1.5-2.0
6.0-6.5
1.5-2.0
4.5-5.0
9.0-9.5
1.5-2.0
4.5-5.0
9.0-9.5
1.5-2.0
4.5-5.0
9.0-9.5
1.5-2.0
4.5-5.0
9.0-9.5

Direct Shear
C
kPa
0.0
13.3
0.0
36.8
10.6
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0

38.7
34.8
33.2
19.8
35.8
36.0
44.7
39.7
42.3

UCS
kPa

166.3
225.0
100.1
93.7
96.3
-

Triaxial (UU)
C
kPa
60.7
36.8
33.3
-

4.7
3.7
2.3
-

Table 9.1.4 Results of Consolidation Test

Parameters of Consolidation Test
BH
No.

9.1.8

Depth
(m)
10.5-11.0
15.0-15.5

Pc
Po
n
mv
cv
eo
cc
cs
OCR
t
2
2
%
m /MN m /year kPa kPa
3
kN/m
19.96 21.22 0.664 0.147 0.017 0.137
6.03
145 130.1 1.11
20.08 25.26 0.707 0.217 0.023 0.140
4.23
175 148.8 1.17

Chemical Tests for Soil and Groundwater

Both soil and groundwater samples were analyzed for sulphate and chloride content. Samples
were taken from the majority of boreholes at varying depths. pH and TDS were also analyzed
for water. The results are summarized in Table 9.1.5.
156
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

It can be seen that the range of sulphate (SO3) in most of soil samples tested is between 0.55
and 1.48% and the range of sulphate (SO4) in water between 247 and 314 mg/l. The range of
chloride content is 200 to 2200 mg/l for soil samples and 300 to 400 mg/l for water samples.
The range of pH values for water samples were 7.1 to 7.7. Organic matters of the soil samples
were vary from 0.2 to 4.5. According to the requirement for concrete exposed to sulphate
containing solutions, it is recommended to use sulphate-resisting cement (maximum watercement ratio by weight is 0.45 and minimum fcu is 35 MPa). Also, due to high chloride
content in some places, protection of the foundation by bitumen martial is recommended.
Table 9.1.5 Results of Chemical Analysis
Depth (m)
BH
No. From To

0.3
7.5
8.0
18.0
19.5
6.5
10.5
14.5
17.0
2.0
5.5
9.5
12.0
5.0
9.5
10.0
12.0
2.0
5.0
9.0
9.5
2.5
5.0
7.5
9.5

Soil
O.C.
Cl
TSS
% (mg/l) %
1.5
1.7
2100 1.9
8.0
0.6
1800 2.5
9.0
2.0
1600 3.0
19.5 4.5
650
4.0
20.0 3.7
1100 2.8
7.0
0.6
300
2.5
11.0 0.7
200
4.5
15.0 0.2
300
4.5
19.5 1.8
400
3.0
2.5
2.3
200
5.1
7.5
2.4
300
3.3
10.0 2.1
300
4.5
14.5 3.3
300
2.5
5.5
0.2
200
4.2
10.0 1.0
400
3.6
12.0 1.1
500
3.0
14.5 2.5
300
2.5
2.5
1.0
400
3.5
5.5
0.5
600
2.9
9.5
1.5
2200 3.2
10.0 0.2
1700 5.5
4.5
1.8
1300 4.5
5.5
1.3
1300 2.5
9.0
0.6
800
2.5
10.0 2.7
2100 2.6
-

SO3
%
0.63
0.91
0.68
0.91
0.80
0.81
1.02
1.25
0.57
1.14
0.55
1.25
0.68
0.91
0.68
0.59
0.57
0.92
0.81
0.80
1.14
1.48
0.82
0.91
0.92

Water
Gypsum
Cl
SO3
SO4
TDS
pH
%
(mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l)
1.35
1.96
7.4 300
262
299
858
1.46
1.96
1.72
1.74
2.19
7.2 300
275
314
1160
2.69
1.23
2.45
1.18
7.7 400
264
302
920
2.69
1.46
1.96
1.46
7.2 300
258
295
844
1.27
1.23
1.98
1.72
7.1 400
248
283
1100
1.72
2.45
3.18
1.76
7.5 300
216
247
1166
1.96
1.98
-

9.1.9 Geotechnical Design

The foundation types for the proposed buildings are dependent upon the size of the structures,
the anticipated loads and the allowable bearing pressure.
157
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

9.1.9.1 Allowable Bearing Pressure

The foundations for WTP structures should satisfy two requirements:

a. They must be adequate to support the structure.
b.The settlement of the structure should be kept within allowable limits.
The logs of six borings indicate that the nature of the uppermost soil consists mainly of
cohesive soil. Accordingly, Skempton's relationship could be used to estimate the net bearing
capacity, qnf
Df
B

qnf = 5 1 + 0.2
1 + 0.4 cu ..1
B
L

Where:
Df = depth of footing
B = width of footing
L = length of footing
cu = undrained cohesion
For cohesionless soil, the net allowable bearing capacity, qa can be calculated from the
following eq.:
N B + 0.3
D
qa =
1 + 0.33 ..2

0.08 B
B
2

Where:
N: number of blows from SPT
D: depth of footing, m
B: width of footing, m
The safe bearing pressure may be determined using a factor of safety of 3 against shear. The
safe bearing pressure would be 80 kPa at a depth of 1.5 m.
The soil is slightly overconsolidated to Normally consolidated soil. Accordingly, the
consolidation settlement could be calculated using the following equations:

sc =

p + p
cc H
...3
log o

1 + eo
po

Where
Sc = consolidation settlement
cc: compression Index
H: thichness of compressible layer

Po : Effective Overburden Stress

158
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

p = stress increment
eo= initial void ratio
The recommended value of cc and eo for design purposes is 0.217 and 0.707 respectively.
To avoid excessive settlement, the allowable pressure at a depth 1.5m is 80 kPa for the water
treatment plant and intake site.
9.1.9.2 Shallow Foundations

It is anticipated that shallow foundations (spread footings and/or wall footings) placed within
a depth 1.5 m are generally considered appropriate for the non-process buildings such as
residual houses. Raft foundation is recommended for relatively lightly loaded process
building structures.
Preparation for shallow footings would require removal of undesirable material underneath
footing. However, at least 50 cm of soil underneath footings should be replaced with well
compacted subbase material.
9.1.9.3 Pile Foundations

The use of precast or bored cast in place pile foundation is considered appropriate for
supporting the relatively heavier structural loadings.
For the site of the treatment plant the piles will require to be designed to support the axial
compression, tension and resist lateral loading. Using precast piles, the group action should be
considered in the design of pile group. The estimated uplift resistance of the Precast, Franki
and Bored pile is 150, 250 and 300 kN respectively. The estimated working loads for the piles
12 m long are as follows:
Type of pile
Precast pile 28.5*28.5 cm
Franki pile 50 cm dia.
Bored pile 60 cm dia.

Working load, kN
300-350
500-550
600-650

The estimated lateral resistance of the above Precast, Franki and Bored pile is 30, 50 and 60
kN, respectively. The working load should be confirmed by carrying out pile load tests.
For the intake site the use of H-steel piles is considered appropriate for supporting the intake
structure. Other types of piles such as steel tube piles may also be used. The piles are required
to to support axial compression, tension and resist lateral loading.

The recommended working loads for the piles 10 m embedded length in the soil, are as
follows:
Type of pile

Working load, kN

Tension Capacity, kN

HEA 300

(200-250) 25

100

HEA 400

(300-350) 25

150

159
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

The lateral resistance of piles may be taken equal to 20 kN for HEA 300 and 30 kN for HEA
400 piles respectively.
9.1.9.4 De-watering

The site investigation data shows that groundwater level varies between 2.60 to 2.95 m.b.g.1.
at the treatment plant site and 2.90 m.b.g.1. at the intake site. It may also be affected by
seasonal variations.
For the safe excavation of shallow foundations below this level, de-watering will probably be
required. Groundwater control measures could take the form of local de-watering by the
construction of perimeter drains and sump pumping.
For deep excavation, such as the underground storage tank, de-watering will certainly be
required.
Due to the anticipated depth of excavation for constructing the underground storage tank, it is
recommended that well points be installed in the proposed excavation area.
Potential uplift pressures to the underside of proposed structure should be taken into account
in the final long-term design of the structure.
9.1.10 Suitability of Materials for Re-use

The proposed site has different type and function of structures. Removal or addition of other
materials may be required, and an estimation of the compaction characteristics can be made.
From the basic soil properties the maximum dry unit weight is in the range of 18.0 to 19.8
kN/m3 and the range of optimum water content varies between 9.0 to 15.0 %.
Examination the results of chemical and physical properties, these results suggest that the
excavated material will be suitable for re-use in the earth works if needed. Compaction should
be in accordance with Highway Specification.
9.1.11 Summary of Design Parameters

The soil parameters summarized in Table 9.1.6 are recommended for the design of
foundations and earth retaining structures.
Table 9.1.6: Recommended Values of the Design Parameters
Unconfined Compressive Strength at a depth (1.0-2.0) m

At Treatment plant and Intake site

80 kPa

Friction angle of saturated sandy soil

33 degree

Compression Index

0.217

Swelling Index

0.023

Initial Void Ratio

0.707

Saturated Unit Weight

19.6 kN/m3

Submerged Unit Weight

9.8 kN/m3

Earth Pressure Coefficient

Using Cohesive Material

160
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

1.0

Ka = Kp = Ko

Using Cohesionless Material

Ka =

1/3

1
Kp

0.5

Ko

Coefficient of Subgrade Reaction

9000 kN/m3

Ultimate Unit Shaft Friction for Precast Piles, cu

50 kPa

Bearing Capacity Factor for End Bearing, Nq

30

Adhesion Factor for:

Bored Piles

0.45

Precast Piles

0.60

9.1.12 Conclusions

Geotechnical investigations were carried out for the Dujailah site. A total of six
boreholes were drilled, five boreholes were drilled at the treatment plant site
and one borehole was drilled at the intake location.

In-situ standard penetration tests were carried out. Laboratory tests were
undertaken to determine Atterberg limits, grading, shear strength parameters,
void ratio-effective stress relationship (consolidation tests), chemical tests for
soils (sulphate, organic content, total soluble salts, gypsum and chloride) and
chemical analysis for water (pH, Cl, SO4 and TDS).

Ground conditions encountered in the exploratory holes showed that the silty
CLAY to clayey SILT material is the most abundant constituent of the soil at
the upper layer with thin layers and pockets of sand. Also a layer of sandy soil
was found at different locations in the investigated area.

Groundwater levels have been recorded. The groundwater table is 2.60 and
2.95 m.b.g.l below natural ground level at the treatment plant and 2.90 m.b.g.l
at the intake site.

Chemical tests carried out during the site investigation indicate sulphate
concentration SO4 in the groundwater of between 247 and 314 mg/l and the
range of chloride content was 300 to 400 mg/l. It is recommended to use
sulphate-resisting cement, maximum water-cement ratio by weight is 0.45 and
minimum fcu is 35MPa. Due to high salt content in some places, protection of
the foundation by bitumen martial is recommended.

It is recommended to use a cohesionless soil as a backfill material.

An assessment of feasible foundations to be used has been made for the

different structures. Shallow foundations could be considered appropriate for
lightly loaded structures. The allowable bearing pressure may be taken as 80
kPa at a depth of 1.5 m at the treatment plant and intake site.

Pile foundations are appropriate for relatively heavily structures.

H-steel Pile foundations are appropriate for the intake structures.

161

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

162
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

9.2 Road Report

9.2.1 Introduction

All pavement designs for Iraqi roads must use the most cost-effective design that meets the
objectives of the project and all applicable design standards. All pavement designs for these
roads must be developed using a recognized design procedure.
Examples of acceptable procedures include, but are not exclusive to:
1993 AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavement Structures and Supplements
The Asphalt Institute
Portland Cement Association
American Concrete Pavement Association
The design criteria and procedures presented in this report follow American Association of
State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1993 Guide for the Design of
Pavement Structures. The type of pavement which has been adopted in the Wasit Water
Treatment Plant is flexible pavement.
9.2.2 Aim of Report

The purpose of this report is to present the Roads Structural Design Criteria required for use
on all roads in the Wasit Water Treatment Plant.
9.2.3 Scope of Report

This report contained articles that describe some terms which will be mentioned later. The
parameters for AASHOTO design procedure will be presented in this report. Beside, a design
example will be provided in this report.
9.2.4 Structural Components Of a Flexible Pavement

Flexible pavement usually consists of asphalt surface underlaid with a layer of either an
asphalt material or granular material and followed by a layer of suitable mixture of coarse and
fine materials.
Traffic loads are transferred by the wearing surface to the underlying supporting materials
through the interlocking of aggregate, the frictional effect of the granular materials, and the
cohesion of the fine materials.

Subgrade

For all subgrade soil types, the subgrade under the subbase course must be compacted to a
minimum depth of 15 cm. If the densities of the natural subgrade materials are equal to or
greater than 95 percent of the maximum density from ASTM D 1557, no rolling is necessary
other than that required to provide a smooth surface. Compaction requirements for cohesive
soils (LL > 25; PI > 5) will be 95 percent of maximum density for the top 15 cm of cuts and
the full depth of fills. Compaction requirements for cohesionless soils (LL < 25: PI <5) will
be 95 percent for the top 15 cm of cuts and the full depth of fills. Compaction of the top 6
inches of cuts may require the subgrade to be scarified and dried or moistened as necessary
and recompacted to the desired density.

Subbase Course

The subbase course may consist of natural, processed, or stabilized materials. The material
selected should be the one that best accomplishes the intended purpose of the subbase course.
163
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

In general, the subbase- course material should be a well-graded, high-stability material. In

this connection all subbase courses to be placed beneath concrete pavements should conform
to the following requirements:

Granular material : type B

Gradation requirements:

Sieve pening (MM)

50

25

9.5

4.75

2.0

0.425

0.075

% finer

100

75-95

40-75

30-60

20-45

15-30

5-15

relative compaction (modified proctor) : 95 % (ASTM D 1557)

soaked CBR at 95 % compaction: 35

SO3 : 2 % (for the portion finer than 2 mm)

Liquid limit 25, Plasticity Index 6

Asphalt Cement

(ASTM D 1883)

Asphalt cement shall be of uniform consistency, free from water to the extent that it will not
foam when heated to three hundred fifty degrees (350) F., and it shall meet the following
requirements for physical and chemical properties:

Penetration Graded Asphalt Cement

1. Flash point (COC) F. 450+

2. Penetration, 77 F., 100g., 5 secs. 60 to 70
3. Ductility at 77 F., 5 cm./min., cm 100+
4. Loss at 325 F., 5 hours, percent 1.05. Penetration of residue at 77 F., 100g., 5 secs., as compared to penetration before heating,
percent 75+
6. Solubility, percent 99+

Portland Cement Concrete Requirements

Agg.Max. Size : 20 mm

Cement : Sulphate Resisting ( Type V)

W/C Ratio : 0.45

Cement Content : 375 kg/m3

28- day cube compressive strength : 30 N/mm2

SO3 in concrete 4.5 % by weight of cement

Chloride in concrete 0.05 % by weight of cement

9.2.5 Design Procedure Input Parameters

The material presented in this article relates to the AASHTO Pavement Design Procedure.

Traffic Analysis
164

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

For pavement designs, a traffic analysis must be performed in order to obtain an expected
value for 18 kip (80 kN) equivalent single axle loads (ESALs) over the structural design life
of the section. In order to estimate design ESALs the Designer must know the average daily
traffic (ADT), percent trucks, vehicle class distribution, and an annual growth rate or
expansion factor.
To calculate the design ESALs, the daily truck counts from each axle group are multiplied by
a conversion factor to arrive at an annual ESAL value. The annual ESALs from each axle
group are summed to arrive at a total annual ESAL value. Using the annual growth rate, the
ESALs must first be expanded to the year of construction and then forecasted to the end of
the design life. The design ESALs are simply the sum of the annual ESALs through the
design life, starting with the year following construction.

Subgrade Resilient Modulus (MR)

An important factor in many pavement design methods is the resilient modulus (MR) of the
subgrade soil. A discussion on roadbed soil can be found in Part 1, Section 1.5 of the 1993
AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavement Structures. Selection of a value for subgrade MR is
a critical step in the AASHTO Pavement Design Procedure.

Reliability

The level of reliability for the pavement design must be selected in accordance with the
pavement design procedure used.

Serviceability

Part 2, Section 2.2.1 of the 1993 AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavement Structures provides
a discussion on serviceability. Typical values for initial serviceability are 4.5 for rigid
pavement and 4.2 for flexible pavement. For terminal serviceability, AASHTO recommends
2.0 2.5 for low volume roads (<3,000 ADT), 2.5 3.0 for medium volumes (3,000 10,000
ADT) and 3.0 3.5 for high volumes (>10,000 ADT).

Overall Standard Deviation

Overall standard deviation is a design input for the AASHTO procedure that takes into
account uncertainty in traffic estimation and varying construction materials and conditions.
AASHTO recommended values are included in Part 1, Section 4.3 of the 1993 AASHTO
Guide for Design of Pavement Structures.
9.2.6 Asphalt Concrete Design Requirements

Minimum Design Life

The minimum structural design life for new AC pavements is 20 years.

Minimum Asphalt Concrete Thickness

AC thickness must be based on a layered analysis approach to determine the minimum

thickness of AC required above the base layer for the design ESALs. The purpose of this
analysis is to determine the minimum thickness of AC required to resist structural
deterioration of the asphalt layer. This procedure is explained in Part 2, Section 3.1.5 of the
1993 AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavement Structures. Also, the thickness of the AC
layers should be rounded to the nearest inch (12.5 mm)

Coefficients of Relative Strength

165

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Hot Laid AC Surface 0.44

Hot Laid AC Binder 0.44

Sand-Clay Base 0.12 to 0.20

Graded Aggregate Base 0.18

Hot Laid Asphalt Aggregate Base 0.34

Cement Stabilized Aggregate Base 0.34

Old PCC Pavement 0.40

Earth-Type Subbase 0.08

Cement Modified Subbase 0.15

SN value is structural number which will be used in determining the thickness of each layer
and according to the equation:
SN=a1*D1 +a2 *D2 +a3*D3
Where a1,a2 and a3 are the layers coefficients for surface(two layers), base and subbase
respectively. D1,D2 and D3 are the thickness for the same layers in inches.
9.2.7 Flexible Pavement Design (1993 AASHTO Pavement Design)

Project Name: Wasit water treatment plant.

General Information:

Initial Serviceability, po
Terminal Serviceability, pt
Reliability Level, R
Overall Standard Deviation, So
Performance Period

4.2
2.5
90%
0.45
20 years

Traffic Data and Analysis:

AADT
% Heavy Trucks
Heavy Trucks Factor
Year
Days
Directional Distribution, %
Design Lane, %

100
40
4
20
365
100
100

Accumulated ESAL over 20 years:

W18 =AADT*% HT * HTF * YEARS * DAYS * DD * DL
W18 =100*0.4*4.0*20*365*1.0*1.0
W18 =1168000
Roadbed Soil Resilient Modulus Data:
MR= 1500 CBR
166
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Subgrade CBR value = 5 %

MR= 1500 * 5
=7500 psi
Required Design Structural Number : SN: = 4.6

Layer

1
2
3
4

Material
HMA Type 3,
Wearing Course
HMA Type 2,
Binder Course
HMA Type 1,
Base Course
Granular Material,
Subbase

Layer
Coefficient

Drainage Thickness,
Coefficient
cm

Layer
Structural
Number, SN

0.44

0.86

0.4

1.10

0.35

10

1.37

0.11

40

1.73

Total Available SN=5.06 is greater than design SN

The design is acceptable.

167
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

10. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)FOR THE PROJECT

168
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Report/fd
Detailed Design Report
F249A

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design
c.a.:

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Table 1. Potential environmental impacts relating to water supply projects

Phase

Impact
Air quality

Construction

Magnitude
-

Noise

-/0

Traffic

-/- - -

Surface
water

-/- -

Soil and
groundwater

Biological
environment

Socioeconomics

- -/+

Cultural
heritage

0/- -

Health and
safety

Landscape
and visual
intrusions

-/- -

Solid waste
generation

-/- -

Comment
Release of high levels of particulate matter (PM) generated from land clearing, excavation, & cut & fill operations
Construction equipment on-site are expected to release vehicular induced pollutants (carbon monoxide (CO),
nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulfur oxides (SOx), particulate matter (PM) and hydrocarbons (HCs))
Noise is expected to be generated as a result of ground clearing, excavation, foundations, erection, and finishing
Installing the water network is expected to sever routes and cause traffic jams in the areas that will be serviced
Transportation of construction equipment and materials is expected to impact the traffic flow to and from the site
Movement of heavy construction machinery may impact traffic movement particularly in small rural areas that
have traffic networks not suitable for such machinery
Increase in turbidity of nearby surface water bodies as a result of soil erosion from excavation works
Accidental chemical leakage or spillage resulting from lining, cleaning work, and other similar activities
Accidental leakage or spillage of construction chemicals, and fuels
Local soil erosion can result from excavation works
Excavation and earth removal activities may render slopes and topsoil more vulnerable to landslides and erosion
Noise impacts, increased physical activities on the land, and vegetation modification may impact the existing
biodiversity by affecting animal behavior and inhibiting mating, breeding, nesting, and feeding-foraging activities
Disturbance to streams, aquatic plant and animal habitats, and spawning and nursery areas
The execution of the project is expected to provide local job opportunities
The project may temporarily damage the infrastructure in serviced areas thus causing economic & social hardships
The project should not cause land acquisition, resettlement, and property take
Damage to known archeological/cultural sites
Destruction of unknown archeological/cultural sites
Health and safety issues related to construction activities are mainly related to accidents resulting from the
improper handling and storage of construction material
Accidents occurring with the operation of heavy equipment
Presence of equipment or material, soil heaps, and borrow pits present an unsightly view
Excavation and earth removal activities render slopes and topsoil more vulnerable to landslides and erosion
Unplanned development induced or facilitated by infrastructure
Disturbing activities and infrastructure in urban and rural areas as a result of network layout
Construction activities are inherently associated with the generation of wastes such as rocks, dredged/excavated
sediment, construction waste, chemical waste, and general refuse
169

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Phase

Impact
Air quality
Noise
Surface
water

Magnitude
-/0
-/- --

Soil and
groundwater

- -/+ +

Biological
environment

Operation
Socioeconomics

Solid waste
generation
Traffic

+ +/- -

Health and
safety

- - -/+ + +

Landscape
and visual
intrusions

Comment
Pollutant emissions from the operation of power generators to power pumping and treatment works
Noise may be generated from the operation of the pumping stations, motors, and generator(s)
Alteration in watershed hydrologic balance when water is pumped to feed water network
Pollution risk to surface water bodies in case the wastewater infrastructure is not developed concurrently with the
water supply network due to the expected increase in water use (in case wastewater discharge is destined to open
surface water bodies)
Pollution risk to groundwater and soil in case the wastewater infrastructure is not developed concurrently with the
water supply network due to the expected increase in water use (in case open wastewater discharge or cesspools
are still in use)
Increased salt water intrusion and depletion of aquifers in the areas that are tapped unsustainably for groundwater
(not applicable in this case)
Reduction in groundwater tapping by the general public as a result of providing a steady and safe water supply
Possibility of increasing the level of the water table in areas that experience leakage
Biodiversity may be impacted if water is diverted from sensitive areas or in case groundwater is exploited
unsustainably (salt water intrusion and/or a drop in the water table not applicable in this case))
Perceived or actual nuisances and adverse aesthetic impacts from pumping and water distribution works
Availability of a steady water supply will help industrial, tourist, commercial, and agricultural sector to prosper
Availability of a steady & safe water supply will reduce expenditure of the serviced population on water purchase
Decrease in the business of water vendors in the serviced areas
Uncontrolled migration of people into area, made possible by access roads and enhanced infrastructure
Creation of local job opportunities
Generation of empty chemical containers (chlorination containers, oils, lubricants, etc.) and damaged parts
Disruption of traffic in case of maintenance
Proper operation of the water network is expected to reduce health risks associated with the consumption and/or
use of low quality water sources. Decreased water borne diseases as a result of providing treated water supply.
Worker accidents caused by chlorination (or other disinfection techniques) in confined spaces
Serious public health hazard in case of improper treatment and disinfection or in case network is not properly
monitored or maintained
Complimentary structures such as inlet/outlet pipes and extension network may interfere with the natural setting of
the overall scenery

170
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Table 2. Summary of proposed elements of the mitigation plan

Impact

Air quality

Noise

Traffic

Design/ Construction
Water surfaces
Use chemicals to treat exposed surfaces
Install windbreaks or source enclosures to reduce surface
wind speed
Pave heavily-used roads
Cover road surfaces with a new material of lower silt content
Maintain roads regularly
Maintain good housekeeping practices
Properly maintain trucks and on-site equipment
Adopt a traffic management plan to avoid congested routes
Ensure quality of diesel fuel used with on-site equipment
Turn off all equipment when not in use
Erect noise barriers along active work sites
Install vegetative screens
Operate on-site well-maintained mechanical equipment only
Shut down equipment that may be intermittent in use between
work periods or throttle them down to a minimum
Utilize silencers or mufflers on construction equipment
Properly maintain construction equipment
Use material stockpiles and other structures to screen noise
from on-site construction activities
Schedule noisy activities during daytime periods
Study possibility of construction during night hours
Disseminate information regarding construction schedule
Guide motorists through construction zones in a clear and
safe manner (adequate warning, signing, delineation and
channeling at least 500 m down and up-gradient from site)
Develop and communicate preliminary routing schemes
Limit the movement of heavy machinery to off-peak hours
Provide a traffic management plan for the impacted area

Operation
Use low sulfur content fuel to operate power generators
Use high efficiency water pumps and motors

Install mufflers and noise barriers around the air blowers and
pumps
Enclose noisy equipment
Underground or indoor housing of noise generating point
sources

Limit the movement of heavy machinery to off-peak hours

and provide prior notification as well as adequate traffic signs
on the roads leading to the site at least 500 m down and upgradient
Plan to conduct maintenance works in off-peak traffic hours
Promote use of Supervisory Control & Data Acquisition
System (SCADA) system to monitor the water treatment and
distribution systems

171
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Impact

Surface water

Soil and
groundwater

Design/ Construction
Adopt a rolling construction program to minimize disruption
to infrastructure
Proper surface and ground drainage
Minimize water usage
Proper storage of chemicals on site
Minimize usage of chemical (lubricants, oil, solvents)
Storage of used oils in proper containers for further disposal
or recycling
Continuous removal of construction spoils to minimize
sediment transport
Avoid commencing construction activities during rainy
season
Direct surface run-off into storm drains via adequately
designed sand/silt removal facilities
Provide channels, earth bunds or sand bag barriers on-site to
properly direct stormwater to silt removal facilities
Regularly maintain silt removal facilities
Cover open stockpiles of construction materials with
tarpaulin or similar fabric during rainstorms events
Prepare guidelines and procedures for immediate clean-up
actions following any spillages of oil, fuel or chemicals
Properly store chemicals on-site
Provide proper surface drainage
Minimize on-site water and chemical usage (oil, lubricants
and fuel)
Limit exposure of the soil to accidental releases of pollutants
Use non-toxic and readily biodegradable chemicals

Operation

Develop wastewater network and treatment plants

concurrently with water supply networks
Avoid unsustainable use of tapped surface water sources and
plan on dividing the resource between the different benefiting
economical sectors
Ensure proper storage of chemical and disinfection containers

Ensure proper storage of chemical and disinfection containers

Avoid the unsustainable use of groundwater aquifers
Monitor level of water table as well as salinity in the areas
being tapped for groundwater
Promote use of Supervisory Control & Data Acquisition
System (SCADA) system to monitor the water treatment and
distribution system for leaks and losses

172
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Impact

Biodiversity

Socio-economic

Archeology and
cultural heritage

Health and safety

Design/ Construction
Siting of the water network should take into account avoiding
and/or minimizing the impact on biodiversity
Postponing construction activities till after the mating season
of key species in impacted areas
Re-allocation of endangered species to areas outside the
construction zone
Relocation of people to suitable area
Provision of compensation in kind for any resource lost
Encourage local recruitment of workforce
Restrict movement of construction machinery outside the site
during peak traffic hours
Provide a traffic management plan for the impacted area
Adopt a rolling construction program to minimize disruption
to infrastructure
Change siting of water network to avoid losses to important
sites
Salvage or protection of cultural properties
Chance Find procedures to be implemented
Known sites adjacent to the project area should be out-ofbounds to crews
Important sites should be fenced by Contractor
Safety instructions to workers
Provision of personal protective equipment (helmets, boots,
gloves, earplugs)
Plan to construct water supply network pipes on top of
existing or planned wastewater network in order to avoid
cross-contamination
Provision of construction barriers and proper warning signs
Development of emergency response plans
Provide on-site medical facility/first aid
Implement speed limits for trucks entering and exiting site
Follow CDR guidelines for health and safety
Provide fire-fighting equipment such as dry powder
173

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

Operation
Ensure that tapping water supply sources will not result in a
decrease in the biodiversity of the area (or downstream) by
providing minimal required flow in water bodies or by
ensuring sustainable tapping of groundwater

Initiate a water quality monitoring program

Promote use of Supervisory Control & Data Acquisition
System (SCADA) system to monitor the water treatment and
distribution system for leaks and losses
Plan on dividing the tapped water between the different
benefiting economical sectors
Provide incentives to disuse private groundwater wells by
providing a reliable and cost competitive service
Monitor identified important cultural and archeological sites
particularly from water stagnation

Restrict access to the water supply network and storage tanks

by proper fencing
Establish a buffering area around the network
Adopt an intensive water quality monitoring program
Provide training to the staff about the fundamentals of water
treatment with emphasis on disinfection and dosing rates
Provide training to the staff about the fundamentals of
occupational health and safety procedures
Prevent the stagnation of exposed water volumes to hamper
insect and vector breeding
Lifebelts should be provided in prominent locations adjacent
to all open tanks and channels

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Impact

Design/ Construction
extinguishers within the premises of the plant

Landscape and
visual intrusion

Waste generation

Preserve existing vegetation whenever possible

Avoid on-site storage of construction spoils
Restoration of depleted vegetative cover where feasible
Preserving existing vegetation when feasible
Incorporating underground utilities (to the extent possible) to
house electrical, storage, and operational equipment
Selecting construction materials blending with the
background for on-site facilities
Select appropriate paint colors for the exterior of on-site
facilities to blend with the surroundings
Select architectural designs that will blend with the
surrounding features of the milieu
Comply with the building codes of the area and reduce the
construction of elevated structures
Proper waste disposal at a municipality allocated
landfill/dump
Re-use of construction waste in refilling activities whenever
possible
Segregate chemical wastes
Store chemical wastes in a separate area that has an
impermeable floor, adequate ventilation and a roof
Store chemical wastes in corrosion resistant containers
Label all chemical wastes containers in English and Arabic
Store general refuse generated on-site in enclosed bins or
compaction units separate from construction and chemical
wastes
Prohibit burning of refuse on construction sites

Operation
Clear walkways of any debris
Promote use of Supervisory Control & Data Acquisition
System (SCADA) system to monitor the water treatment and
distribution system for leaks and losses
Fit walkways & tanks where the top wall level is less than 1
m above finished ground level with handrails & toe boards
Maintain on-site facilities
Rehabilitate areas that are disturbed by maintenance works

Label all chemical wastes containers in English and Arabic

Proper storage and disposal of generated chemical wastes as
well as general refuse

174
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Impact

Design/ Construction
Establish a recording system for the amount of waste
generated, recycled and disposed

175
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

Operation

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Table 3. Summary of monitoring activities

Parameter

Project scale

Location

Small-scale

Construction site

Large-scale

Construction site and

selected receptors

Small-scale

Construction site

PM generation

Noise levels
Large-scale

Traffic

Large-scale

Small-scale

Monitoring means
Inspection and measurement of PM
level upon complaints
Inspection and measurement of PM
level at selected receptors
Inspection and measurement of
noise level upon complaints

Construction site and

selected receptors
Selected receptors
Construction site and
nearby road network
Storage water tanks
Storage water tanks,
exploited wells, and
network sampling points

Storage water tanks,

exploited wells, and
network sampling points
Surface/groundwater
(quality and quantity)
Large-scale

Inspection and measurement of

noise level (Leq) at selected
receptors
Inspection
Water quantity
Total and Fecal Coliforms,
ammonia, free chlorine (other
parameters can be added
depending on the area and previous
results)
Water quantity
Bacteriological parameters: Total
coliforms, Faecal streptococcus,
Faecal coliforms, Sulphidereducing bacteria, Thermophilic
coliforms, Salmonella,
Staphylococcus, Faecal
bacteriophages, Enterovirus
Physio-chemical parameters:
Temperature, pH, Color, Turbidity,
Electrical conductivity, Chlorides,
Sulphates, Sodium, Potassium,
Magnesium, Calcium, Total
Aluminum, Dry residues
176

Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq

Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

Frequency

Phase

NA

Construction

Monthly
Upon complaints

Construction

NA

Construction

Monthly
Construction
Operation
upon complaints
Weekly and upon
complaints
Daily
Bimonthly

Construction

Operation

Daily
Daily to weekly
depending on
parameter and
previous results

Operation
Daily to weekly
depending on
parameter and
previous results

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Parameter

Terrestrial biological
environment

Project scale

Location

Small-scale

Project site and

surrounding areas

Large-scale

Project site and

surrounding areas

Small-scale

Project site and

surrounding areas

Large-scale

Project site and

surrounding areas

Socio-economic

Health and safety

Small-scale

Project site

Monitoring means
Undesirable parameters: Nitrates,
Nitrites, Ammonium, Kjeldahl
Nitrogen, Oxidation Potential,
Hydrogen Sulphide, Phenols,
Dissolved/ Emulsified
Hydrocarbons, Reactive surface
reagents, Iron, Manganese,
Copper, Zinc, Phosphorus, Silver,
Floride, Barium, Organo-chloric
compounds (other than pesticides),
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons,
pesticides, Arsenic, cadmium,
Cyanide, Total Chromium,
Mercury, Nickel, Lead, Selenium,
Antimony
Presence of key species
Visual inspection and photographic
documentation of the general
condition of the floral cover
Jobs created for local people
Damaged or severed infrastructure
Field questionnaires Interviews
(Population perception and
employment records)
Damaged or severed infrastructure
Visual inspection and photographic
documentation
Water quality: Total and Fecal
Coliforms, ammonia, free chlorine
(other parameters can be added
depending on the area and previous
results)

177
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

Frequency
Monthly to yearly
depending on
parameter and
previous results

Before project
execution
Before project
execution and
annual follow-up
Biannually
Bimonthly
Annually

Phase

Construction
Construction
Operation
Construction
Construction
& Operation

Bimonthly
Monthly

Construction

Bimonthly

Operation

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Parameter

Project scale

Large-scale

Location

Project site

Monitoring means
Health and safety surveys (Proper
use of PPE, presence of signs, first
aid kit, and fire fighting devices)
Bacteriological parameters: Total
coliforms, Faecal streptococcus,
Faecal coliforms, Sulphidereducing bacteria, Thermophilic
coliforms, Salmonella,
Staphylococcus, Faecal
bacteriophages, Enterovirus
Physio-chemical parameters:
Temperature, pH, Color, Turbidity,
Electrical conductivity, Chlorides,
Sulphates, Sodium, Potassium,
Magnesium, Calcium, Total
Aluminum, Dry residues
Undesirable parameters: Nitrates,
Nitrites, Ammonium, Kjeldahl
Nitrogen, Oxidation Potential,
Hydrogen Sulphide, Phenols,
Dissolved/ Emulsified
Hydrocarbons, Reactive surface
reagents, Iron, Manganese,
Copper, Zinc, Phosphorus, Silver,
Floride, Barium, Organo-chloric
compounds (other than pesticides),
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons,
pesticides, Arsenic, cadmium,
Cyanide, Total Chromium,
Mercury, Nickel, Lead, Selenium,
Antimony
Water borne diseases (typhoid,
diarrhea, hepatitis, etc)

178
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

Frequency
Continuous

Phase
Construction

Daily to weekly
depending on
parameter and
previous results

Operation

Daily to weekly
depending on
parameter and
previous results

Monthly to yearly
depending on
parameter and
previous results

Annual health
survey

Operation

C. LOTTI & ASSOCIATI S.p.A. in collaboration with CEB Baghdad University and Engicon

Parameter

Landscape and visual

intrusions

Project scale

Location

Small-scale

At site boundaries

Large-scale

Small-scale
Cultural heritage
Large-scale
Small-scale
Solid waste

Large-scale

Monitoring means
Visual inspection and photographic
documentation
Visual inspection and photographic
documentation
The sustainability of landscape
planting

At site boundaries

Frequency

Biannually

Phase
Construction
Operation
Construction
& Operation
Operation

Monthly
Monthly

All vulnerable sites

adjacent to project and all
previously unknown
remains unearthed during
construction

Disturbance of known sites

Documentation Of Chance Finds

Annually

Construction

Disturbance of known sites

Documentation Of Chance Finds

Biannually

Construction

Construction site
Disposal site

Visual inspection and photographic

documentation

Monthly

Construction
Construction
& operation

179
Ministry of Municipalities and Public Works Republic of Iraq
Second Emergency Water Supply and Sanitation Project
Detailed Design Report

20/07/07
Wasit Detailed Design Report/fd
c.a.: F249A

Continuous